Sony DAV-SB200 DVD Home Theatre System Operating Instructions
Below you will find brief information for DVD Home Theatre System DAV-SB200. This system plays DVDs, Video CDs, Audio CDs, and discs with MP3 and JPEG files. It features Dolby Digital and DTS surround sound for an immersive audio experience. Connect to your TV and external devices easily via various input/output jacks. Enjoy convenient features like a sleep timer, dimmer, and parental controls.
PDF
Download
Document
Advertisement
Advertisement
2-179-837-81 DVD Home Theatre System Operating Instructions GB àÌÒÚÛ͈Ëfl ÔÓ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË RU DAV-SB200 ©2004 Sony Corporation Safety Precautions WARNING: TO PREVENT FIRE OR ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD, DO NOT EXPOSE THIS PRODUCT TO RAIN OR MOISTURE. On power sources • AC power cord must be changed only at the qualified service shop. WARNING: Do not install this equipment in a confined space such as a book case or similar unit. On placement • Place the receiver in a location with adequate ventilation to prevent heat build-up in the system. • At high volume, over long periods of time, the cabinet becomes hot to the touch. This is not a malfunction. However, touching the cabinet should be avoided. Do not place the unit in a confined space where ventilation is poor as this may cause overheating. • Do not block the ventilation slots by putting anything on the system. The receiver is equipped with a high power amplifier. If the ventilation slots on the top surface are blocked, the unit can overheat and malfunction. • Do not place the system on a soft surface such as a rug that might block the ventilation holes on the bottom. • Do not place the system in a location near heat sources, or in a place subject to direct sunlight, excessive dust, or mechanical shock. To prevent fire, do not cover the ventilation of the apparatus with news papers, table-cloths, curtains, etc. And don’t place lighted candles on the apparatus. Don’t throw away the battery with general house waste, dispose of it correctly as chemical waste. This appliance is classified as a CLASS 1 LASER product. The label is located on the rear exterior. CAUTION: This DVD Receiver employs a Laser System. To ensure proper use of this product, please read this owner’s manual carefully and retain it for future reference. Should the unit require maintenance, contact an authorized service location (see service procedure). Performing controls, adjustments, or carrying out procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To prevent direct exposure to laser beam, do not try to open the enclosure. Visible laser radiation when open. DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM. CAUTION: The apparatus should not be exposed to water (dripping or splashing) and no objects filled with liquids, such as vases, should be placed on the apparatus. Precautions Safety • If anything falls into the cabinet, unplug the unit and have it checked by qualified personnel before operating it any further. • The unit is not disconnected from the AC power source (mains) as long as it is connected to the mains outlet, even if the unit itself has been turned off. • Unplug the unit from the wall outlet if you do not intend to use it for an extended period of time. To disconnect the cord, pull it out by the plug, never by the cord. Installing • Allow adequate air circulation to prevent internal heat buildup. • Do not place the unit on surfaces (rugs, blankets, etc.) or near materials (curtains, draperies) that may block the ventilation slots. • Do not install the unit near heat sources such as radiators, or air ducts, or in a place subject to direct sunlight, excessive dust, mechanical vibration, or shock. • Do not install the unit in an inclined position. It is designed to be operated in a horizontal position only. • Keep the unit and discs away from equipment with strong magnets, such as microwave ovens, or large loudspeakers. • Do not place heavy objects on the unit. • If the unit is brought directly from a cold to a warm location, moisture may condense inside the DVD Home Theatre System and cause damage to the lenses. When you first install the unit, or when you move it from a cold to a warm location, wait for about 30 minutes before operating the unit. 2 On operation • If the system is brought directly from a cold to a warm location, or is placed in a very damp room, moisture may condense on the lenses inside the system. Should this occur, the system may not operate properly. In this case, remove the disc and leave the system turned on for about half an hour until the moisture evaporates. • When you move the system, take out any discs. If you don’t, the disc may be damaged. The nameplate is located on the rear of the unit. IMPORTANT NOTICE Caution: This system is capable of holding a still video image or on-screen display image on your television screen indefinitely. If you leave the still video image or on-screen display image displayed on your TV for an extended period of time you risk permanent damage to your television screen. Projection televisions are especially susceptible to this. Safety Precautions (Continued) NOTES ON COPYRIGHTS: INTRODUCTION It is forbidden by law to copy, broadcast, show, broadcast via cable, play in public, or rent copyrighted material without permission. This product features the copy protection function developed by Macrovision. Copy protection signals are recorded on some discs. When recording and playing the pictures of these discs on a VCR, picture noise will appear. This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. About the symbols for instruction Indicates hazards likely to cause harm to the unit itself or other material damage. Note Indicates special operating features of this unit. Tip Indicates tips and hints for making the task easier. 3 Table of Contents Introduction Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Before Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Playable Discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Notes on Discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 About Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Front Panel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Display Window Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Rear Panel Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Preparation Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-15 Connecting to a TV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Connecting to External Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Antenna Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Speaker System Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Speaker Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Selecting the Output/Input Source . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Before Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-21 Mini Glossary for Audio Stream & Surround Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Sound Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 General Explanation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 On-Screen Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Initial Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-21 General Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 TV Aspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Speaker Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Parental Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Area code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Audio CD and MP3 Disc Operation . . . . . . . . . 25-26 Playing an Audio CD and MP3 Disc . . . . . . . . . . 25 Notes on MP3 Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Pause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Selecting Another Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Repeat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Changing the Audio Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 JPEG File Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Viewing JPEG Files on a Disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Selecting Another Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Still Picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 To flip the picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 To rotate picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Notes on JPEG Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Programmed Playback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Programmed Playback with Audio CD and MP3 Disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Programmed Playback with Video CD . . . . . . . . 28 Speaker Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Additional Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Sleep Timer Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Viewing the Playing Time and Remaining Time in the Front Panel Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Dimmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Muting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Using Headphone Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Volume Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Using the Sound Effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Radio Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Presetting the Radio Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Listening to the Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Controlling the TV with the Supplied Remote . . . 32 Controlling the TV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Using the SONY TV DIRECT Function . . . . . . . . . 33 Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Operation DVD and Video CD Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-24 Playing a DVD and Video CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 General Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Resume Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Selecting Another TITLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Selecting Another CHAPTER/TRACK . . . . . 22 Search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Still Picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Slow Motion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Repeat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Time Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Special DVD Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Checking the contents of DVD Video disc: Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Camera Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Changing the Audio Language . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Changing the Audio Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Subtitle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 4 Reference Language Code List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Area Code List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-37 Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. “Dolby”, “Pro Logic”, and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. Confidential Unpublished works. Copyright 19921997 Dolby Laboratories. All rights reserved. Manufactured under license from Digital Theater Systems, Inc. US Pat. No. 5,451,942 5,956,674, 5,974,380, 5,978,762 and other world-wide patents issued and pending. “DTS” and “DTS Digital Surround” are registered trademarks of Digital Theater Systems, Inc. Copyright 1996, 2000 Digital Theater Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. Before Use Playable Discs Title (DVD video discs only) The main film content or accompanying feature content or additional feature content, or music album. Each title is assigned a title reference number enabling you to locate it easily. DVD video discs (8 cm / 12 cm disc) Video CD (VCD) (8 cm / 12 cm disc) Audio CD (8 cm / 12 cm disc) In addition, this unit can play a DVD-R/-RW, SVCD and CD-R or CD-RW that contains audio titles, MP3, or JPEG files. Notes Depending on the conditions of the recording equipment or the CD-R/RW (or DVD-R/-RW) disc itself, some CD-R/RW (or DVD-R/-RW) discs cannot be played on the unit. DVD-RWs in VR (Video Recording) mode discs cannot be played on the unit. Do not attach any seal or label to either side (the labeled side or the recorded side) of a disc. Do not use irregularly shaped CDs (e.g., heartshaped or octagonal). It may result in malfunctions. A disc recorded in packet write format cannot be played. Notes on DVDs and Video CDs Some playback operations of DVDs and Video CDs may be intentionally fixed by software manufacturers. As this unit plays DVDs and Video CDs according to disc content designed by the software manufacturer, some playback features of the unit may not be available or other functions may be added. Make sure to also refer to the instructions supplied with the DVDs and Video CDs. Some DVDs made for business purposes may not be able to be played on the unit. Regional code of the DVD Receiver and DVDs This DVD Receiver is designed and manufactured for playback of region “5” encoded DVD software. The region code on the labels of some DVDs indicates which type of player can play those discs. This unit can only play DVDs labeled “5” or “ALL”. If you try to play any other discs, the message “Check Regional Code” will appear on the TV screen. Some DVDs that have no region code label may still be subject to area restrictions and therefore not playable. 5 Chapter (DVD video discs only) Sections of a picture or a musical piece that are smaller than titles. A title is composed of one or several chapters. Each chapter is assigned a chapter number, enabling you to locate the chapter you want. Depending on the disc, chapters may not be recorded. Track (Video CD and audio CD only) Sections of a picture or a musical piece on a video CD or an audio CD. Each track is assigned a track number, enabling you to locate the track you want. Index (Video CD) A number that divides a track into sections to easily locate the point you want on a VIDEO CD. Depending on the disc, no indexes may be recorded. Scene On a video CD with PBC (Playback control) functions, moving pictures and still pictures are divided into sections called “Scenes”. Each scene is displayed in the menu screen and assigned a scene number, enabling you to locate the scene you want. A scene is composed of one or several tracks. File Sections of a picture on a data CD containing JPEG image files. Types of video CDs There are two types of video CDs: Video CDs equipped with PBC (Version 2.0) PBC (Playback control) functions allow you to interact with the system via menus, search functions, or other typical computer-like operations. Moreover, still pictures of high resolution can be played if they are included in the disc. Video CDs not equipped with PBC (Version 1.1) Operated in the same way as audio CDs, these discs allow playback of video pictures as well as sound, but they are not equipped with PBC. IMPORTANT NOTE: SPENT OR DISCHARGED BATTERIES MUST BE RECYCLED OR DISPOSED OF IN A SAFE MANNER IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE LAWS. FOR DETAILED INFORMATION, CONTACT YOUR LOCAL COUNTY SOLID WASTE AUTHORITY. 5 INTRODUCTION Disc-related terms Before Use (Continued) Precautions Handling the unit When shipping the unit The original shipping carton and packing materials may come in handy. For maximum protection, re-pack the unit as it was originally packed at the factory. When setting up the unit The picture and sound of a nearby TV, VCR, or radio may be disturbed during playback. In this case, position the unit away from the TV, VCR, or radio, or turn off the unit after removing the disc. Storing discs After playing, store the disc in its case. Do not expose the disc to direct sunlight or sources of heat, or leave it in a parked car exposed to direct sunlight, as there may be a considerable temperature increase inside the car. Cleaning discs Fingerprints and dust on the disc can distort the picture or reduce sound quality. Before playing, clean the disc with a clean cloth. Wipe the disc from the centre outwards. To keep the exterior surfaces clean Do not use volatile liquids, such as insecticide spray, near the unit. Do not leave rubber or plastic products in contact with the unit for a long period of time. They will leave marks on the surface. Cleaning the unit To clean the cabinet Use a soft, dry cloth. If the surfaces are extremely dirty, use a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use strong solvents such as alcohol, benzine, or thinner, as these might damage the surface of the unit. To obtain a clear picture The DVD Receiver is a high-tech, precision device. If the optical pick-up lens and disc drive parts are dirty or worn, the picture quality will be poor. Regular inspection and maintenance are recommended after every 1,000 hours of use. (This depends on the operating environment.) For details, please contact your nearest dealer. Notes on Discs Do not use strong solvents such as alcohol, benzine, thinner, commercially available cleaners, or anti-static spray intended for vinyl records. This system can only play back a standard circular disc. Using neither standard nor circular discs (e.g., card, heart, or star shape) may cause a malfunction. Do not use a disc that has a commercially available accessory attached, such as a label or ring. About Symbols About the symbol display “ ” may appear on the TV screen during operation. This icon means the function explained in this owner’s manual is not available on that specific DVD video disc. Disc Handling Do not touch the playback side of the disc. Hold the disc by the edges so that fingerprints will not get on the surface. Do not stick paper or tape on the disc. 6 About the disc symbols for instructions A section whose title has one of the following symbol is applicable only to the disc represented by the symbol. DVD DVD Video discs VCD2.0 Video CDs with the PBC (playback control) function. VCD1.1 Video CDs without the PBC (playback control) function. CD Audio CDs. MP3 MP3 disc. JPEG JPEG disc. Front Panel Controls STANDBY indicator Lights red when the receiver is in Standby mode (off). VOLUME Control Press “+” to increase volume or press “-” to decrease the volume. INTRODUCTION @ / 1 (POWER) indicator Switches the DVD Receiver ON and OFF. FUNCTION To select the Receiver’s source. (FM, AM, VIDEO, TV or CD/DVD) Disc Tray Insert a disc here. OPEN/CLOSE ( ) Opens or closes the disc tray. Display window - PRESET + - VOLUME + FUNCTION STANDBY PHONES IR PLAY (H) To play back a disc. X) PAUSE (X Pause playback of a disc temporarily. x) STOP (x Stops playback of a disc. S) Reverse SKIP (S DVD: Go to beginning of current chapter/track or to previous chapter/track. RADIO: To select preset station you want. T) Forward SKIP (T DVD: Go to NEXT chapter/track. RADIO: To select preset station you want. PHONES To connect headphones. Remote Sensor Point the DVD receiver remote control here. 7 Display Window Indicators Repeat playback mode indicators. Playing status. Indicates the unit is radio mode. Indicates the unit is stereo mode. CD disc inserted. MP3 disc inserted. Lights up when the unit is DSGX ON mode. Indicate current surround format. FM AM ST CD MONO TUNED PBC MP3 DSGX D D D PL II SLEEP D ALBM REP 1 TITLE CHAP TRK D DISC Indicates sound format is DOLBY PROLOGIC II. Indicate current surround format. SLEEP timer indication VCD2.0 disc inserted. Lights up when the DVD Receiver tunes in a station. Total playing time/Elapsed time/Frequency/remaining time/ Current status/ Title number/Surround mode/Volume etc. indicators. Indicates current chapter or track number. Title indication 8 Remote Control TUNER/BAND Selects the DVD Receiver’s tuner as the listening choice. (FM and AM bands) MUTING Momentarily silence the speaker of the DVD Receiver. TUNER MENU Memorize a radio station frequency into the tuner. Press to clear preset stations from the tuner memory. PROGRAM Enters to the programme edit mode or exits from that. REPEAT Repeat chapter, track, title, all. FM MODE To change between MONO and STEREO modes. TV To control TVs with the Remote. AUDIO Selects an audio language (DVD) or an audio channel (CD). ANGLE Selects a DVD camera angle if available. SUBTITLE Selects a subtitle language. PREV/PRESETGo to beginning of current chapter or track or go to previous chapter or track. Select programme of Tuner. NEXT/PRESET+ Go to next chapter or track. Select programme of Tuner. DVD TOP MENU Displays the disc’s Title menu, if available. B/b/V/v (left/right/up/down) Selects an option in the menu. ENTER Acknowledges menu selection. DVD DISPLAY Accesses On-Screen display. TV VOL +/– Adjusts TV’s volume. TV CH +/– Selects TV’s channel. DVD SETUP Accesses or removes DVD setup menu. SONY TV DIRECT Select the output source to DVD directly. TV @ / 1 Switches TV ON and OFF. @/1 Switches DVD Receiver ON and OFF. AUTO FORMAT DIRECT Selects sound mode between A.F.D. AUTO, PRO LOGIC, PLII MOVIE and PLII MUSIC. MODE Selects sound mode between FLAT, ROCK, POP, JAZZ, CLASSIC and NEWS. FUNCTION To select the Receiver’s source. (FM, AM, VIDEO, TV or CD/DVD) Z Opens and closes the disc tray. DSGX Switches DSGX ON and OFF. 0-9 numerical buttons Selects numbered options in a menu. >10/ TV ENTER Used to control TV. SLOW t/ TUNINGFor picture search or slow playback backward. To tune in the desired station. SLOW T/TUNING+ For picture search or slow playback forward. To tune in the desired station. Playback Control Buttons • H (PLAY) Starts playback. • X (PAUSE) Pause playback or recording temporarily. • x (STOP) Stops playback. DVD MENU Accesses menu on a DVD disc. DISPLAY To display remaining time between Chapter and title. VOLUME (+/-) Adjusts speaker volume. CLEAR Removes a track number on the program menu. RETURN Returns the setup menu. DIMMER To change the brightness of the display window. TV/VIDEO Selects the TV’s source. 9 INTRODUCTION SLEEP To place the unit in the Sleep mode. Rear Panel Connections AC Power Cord Plug into the power source. EURO AV OUTPUT (TO TV) Connect to your TV set. MONITOR OUT (VIDEO) Connect to a TV with video input. VIDEO (AUDIO IN R/L) Connect the audio output of an external source (VCR, LD player, etc). AM LOOP ANTENNA CONNECTORS Connect the AM Loop antenna to this terminal. FM ANTENNA CONNECTOR Connect the FM antenna to this terminal. SPEAKER CONNECTORS Connect the six supplied speakers to these terminals. Do not touch the inner pins of the jacks on the rear panel. Electrostatic discharge may cause permanent damage to the unit. Remote Control Operation Range Point the remote control at the remote sensor and press the buttons. Distance: About 6m (20ft) from the front of the remote sensor Angle: About 30° in each direction of the front of the remote sensor Remote control battery installation Detach the battery cover on the rear of the remote control, and insert two R6 (size AA) batteries with and aligned correctly. When using the remote control, point it at the remote sensor on the unit. Do not mix old and new batteries. 10 Connections Connecting to a TV Make one of the following connections, depending on the capabilities of your existing equipment. PREPARATION Tips Depending on your TV and other equipment you wish to connect, there are various ways you could connect the DVD Receiver. Use one of the connections described below. Please refer to the manuals of your TV, VCR or other devices as necessary to make the best connections. – Make sure the DVD Receiver is connected directly to the TV. Select the correct AV input on your TV. – Do not connect your DVD Receiver to TV via your VCR. The DVD image could be distorted by the copy protection system. Video connection Connect the MONITOR OUT jack on the DVD Receiver to the video in jack on the TV using the video cable supplied (V). Rear of TV SCART INPUT R SCART connection Connect the EURO AV OUTPUT (TO TV) jack on the DVD Receiver to the SCART IN jack on the TV using the Scart cable (S). Note When you connect the DVD Receiver to your TV, be sure to turn off the power and unplug both units from the wall outlet before making any connections. VIDEO INPUT AUDIO INPUT S-VIDEO INPUT L V S (not supplied) (not supplied) Rear of DVD Receiver 11 Connections (Continued) Connecting to External Equipment (not supplied) Connection Tip Connect the VIDEO (AUDIO L/R) jacks on the DVD Receiver to the AUDIO OUTPUT (L/R) jacks on the VCR, LD player, etc using the audio cables. Press FUNCTION on the remote control to select input to these jacks. VIDEO appears on the Display Window. 12 Connections (Continued) Connect the supplied FM/AM antenna for listening to the radio. Connect the AM Loop antenna to the AM LOOP connector. Connect the FM antenna to the FM 75 Ω COAXIAL connector. When you connect the supplied AM Loop antenna, connect the black cord (B) to the cord (A) to the other terminal. terminal, and the white Notes To prevent noise pickup, keep the AM Loop antenna away from the DVD Receiver and other components. Be sure to fully extend the FM antenna. After connecting the FM antenna, keep it as horizontal as possible. Tip If you have poor FM reception, use a 75Ω coaxial cable (not supplied) to connect the system to an outdoor FM antenna as shown below. 13 PREPARATION Antenna Connections Connections (Continued) Speaker System Connection Connect the speakers using the supplied speaker cords. To obtain the best possible surround sound, adjust the speaker parameters (volume, distance, etc.). Notes Be sure to match the speaker cable to the appropriate terminal on the components: + to + and – to –. If the cables are reversed, the sound will be distorted and will lack base. If you use front speakers with low maximum input rating, adjust the volume carefully to avoid excessive output on the speakers. Do not disassemble the front covers of supplied speakers. Speaker stand is optional. About Ferrite Core Be sure to attach the ferrite core to the speaker cables (for connecting to this unit). This ferrite core can reduce noises. 1 a How to attach the ferrite core 1 2 3 4 Press the stopper [a] of the ferrite core to open. Wind the Subwoofer cable once on the ferrite core. Wind the Center cable once on the ferrite core. Pass the others straight on the other ferrite core. Close the ferrite core unit it clicks. Notes Take care not to pinch the speaker cables between the ferrite cores. Attach the ferrite core near the unit (Refer to the fig.3 and comment.). 14 a 2 3 The length here is short as much as possible. Connections (Continued) In the case of normal position use the 6 speakers (2 front speakers, centre speaker, 2 surround speakers and subwoofer). • Front speakers According to your listening position set up the speakers for equal distance. And by hearing position set up the interval between speakers to 45 degree. • Centre speaker The centre speakers and front speakers are ideally the same height. But normally place it above or below the television. • Surround speakers Place left and right behind the listening area. These speakers recreate sound motion and atmosphere required for surround sound playback. For best results, do not install the surround speakers too far behind the listening position and install them at or above the level of the listener’s ears. It is also effective to direct the surround speakers towards a wall or ceiling to further disperse the sound. In the case of a smaller room size, if the audience is near to the rear wall set the surround speakers opposite each other, and set the surround speakers above 60 - 90 cm than the listener’s ears. • Subwoofer This can be placed in any front position. Subwoofer Centre Speaker Front Speaker (Left) Front Speaker (Right) Surround Speaker (Right) Surround Speaker (Left) Speaker Positioning Example To attach the foot pads To prevent speaker vibration or movement while listening, attach the supplied foot pads to the speakers without Front speakers and Subwoofer, as shown. Foot pads 15 PREPARATION Speaker Positioning Selecting the Output/Input Source Follow these guidelines to select and switch among the various DVD Receiver input and output sources: • CD/DVD SONY TV DIRECT To view output from the DVD: Press SONY TV DIRECT on the remote. The “CD/DVD” appears in the Display Window. • TUNER FM/AM To listen to AM/FM radio broadcasts: Press TUNER/BAND to toggle between AM and FM radio. The selected frequency appears in the display window. TUNER/ BAND • INPUT SELECT To listen to an audio source connected to the AUDIO IN (L/R) jack of VIDEO: FUNCTION Press FUNCTION on the remote control repeatedly. The “VIDEO” appears in the Display Window. Audio will come from an external source connected to the AUDIO IN (L/R) jacks of VIDEO (for rear panel). To listen to an audio source connected to the EURO AV OUTPUT (TO TV): Press FUNCTION on the remote control repeatedly. The “TV” appears in the Display Window. Audio will come from an external source connected to the EURO AV OUTPUT (TO TV) (for rear panel). 16 Before Operation DTS Allows you to enjoy 5.1(or 6) discrete channels of high quality digital audio from DTS program sources such as discs, DVD and compact discs, etc.bearing the trademark. DTS Digital Surround delivers up to 6 channels of transparent audio(which means identical to the original masters) and results in exceptional clarity throughout a true 360 degree sound field. “DTS” is a trademark of Digital Treater Systems, Inc. Manufactured under license from Digital Treater Systems, Inc. DOLBY DIGITAL The Dolby Digital surround format lets you enjoy up to 5.1 channels of digital surround sound from a Dolby Digital program source. If you play DVDs with “ ” mark, you can enjoy even better sound quality, greater spatial accuracy, and improved dynamic range. DOLBY PRO LOGIC Use this mode when playing movie or Dolby Digital 2 channel which carries the “ ” mark. This mode provides the effect of being in a movie theatre or live concert house-an effect with an intensity which can only be obtained through DOLBY PRO LOGIC SURROUND. The effect of the front/back/left/right movement of the sound image, as well as the sense of fixed position in the sound image, is much clearer and more dynamic than before. DOLBY PRO LOGIC II Dolby Pro Logic II creates five full-bandwidth output channels from two-channel sources. This is done using an advanced, high-purity matrix surround decoder that extracts the spatial properties of the original recording without adding any new sounds or tonal colorations. PLII MOVIE mode: The Movie mode is for use with stereo television shows and all programs encoded in Dolby Surround. The result is enhanced soundfield directionality that approaches the quality of discrete 5.1-channel sound. PLII MUSIC mode: The Music mode is for use with any stereo music recordings. Sound Mode You can enjoy surround sound simply by selecting one of the pre-programmed sound fields according to the program you want to listen to. A) By pressing MODE button Each time you press MODE button, the sound mode is changed in the following order; FLAT → ROCK → POP → JAZZ → CLASSIC → NEWS → FLAT ... Tips FLAT: Linear frequency response. ROCK: Reproduces the acoustics of rock music. POP: Reproduces the acoustics of pop music. JAZZ: Reproduces the acoustics of a jazz club. CLASSIC: Reproduces the acoustics of orchestral music. NEWS: Reproduces the acoustics of TV news sound. B) By pressing AUTO FORMAT DIRECT button Each time you press AUTO FORMAT DIRECT button, the sound mode is changed in the following order; A.F.D. AUTO → DOLBY PL → PLII MOVIE → PLII MUSIC → A.F.D. AUTO ... (This function available 2-channel mode only) Notes MP3 disc is not available. This function is available during only playback mode. Sound Mode is not applicable when headphone is used. When DVD is inserted. You can change the sound mode of DVD (Dolby Digital, DTS, PRO LOGIC, etc) by pressing the AUDIO button on the remote during playback. Although the DVD contents differ from disc to disc, the following explains the basic operation when this feature is used. Each time you press AUDIO button, the sound mode of DVD is changed as the following order; → → → A.F.D. AUTO Software with multichannel surround audio signals is played according to the way it was recorded. Notes This function is available during only playback mode. A.F.D. AUTO is not applicable when headphone is used. For your reference • The DVD Receiver memorizes the last mode settings for each source individually. • You can identify the encoding format of program software by looking at its packaging. - Dolby Digital discs are labeled with the logo. - Dolby Surround encoded programs are labeled with the logo. - DTS Digital Surround discs are marked with the . Note Sound Mode is not applicable when headphone is used. 17 PREPARATION Mini Glossary for Audio Stream & Surround mode Before Operation (Continued) General Explanation Temporary Feedback Field Icons This manual gives basic instructions for operating the DVD Receiver. Some DVDs require specific operation or allow only limited operation during playback. When this occurs, the symbol appears on the TV screen, indicating that the operation is not permitted by the DVD Receiver or is not available on the disc. TITLE On-Screen Display Repeat Chapter TRACK Repeat Track (non-PBC Video CDs, MP3, CD) ALL Repeat All Tracks (non-PBC Video CDs, MP3, CD) OFF Repeat Off RESUME General playback status can be displayed on the TV screen. Some items can be changed on the menu. On-screen display operation 1 Press DVD DISPLAY during playback. Press V/v to select an item. 2 The selected item will be highlighted. Press B/b to change the setting of an item. 3 The number buttons can also be used for setting numbers (e.g., title number). For some functions, Repeat Title CHAPT Resume play from this point Action prohibited or not available Notes Some discs may not provide all of the features on the on-screen display example shown below. If no button is pressed for 10 seconds, the on-screen display disappears. press ENTER to execute the setting. DVD Items Function (Press V/v to select desired item) Title Number Chapter Number Time search Audio language and Digital Audio Output mode Subtitle language Angle Shows the current title number and total number of titles, and skips to the desired title number. 1 /12 Shows the current chapter number and total number of chapters, and skips to the desired chapter number. 0:20:09 1 ENG D 5.1 CH OFF 1 /1 Sound VCD2.0 1 /3 AUTO Track Number 1 /3 Time 0:20:09 Audio Channel ST 18 Shows the current audio soundtrack language, encoding method, and channel number, and changes the setting. Shows the current subtitles language, and changes the setting. Shows the current angle number and total number of angles, and changes the angle number. B / b, or Numbers, ENTER B / b, . / > or Numbers, ENTER Numbers, ENTER B / b, or AUDIO B / b, or SUBTITLE B / b, or ANGLE Shows the current sound mode, and changes the setting. AUTO FORMAT DIRECT Function (Press V/v to select desired item) Selection Method VCD1.1 Items Sound Shows the elapsed playing time, and searches the point directly from the elapsed time. Selection Method AUTO Shows the current track number, total number of tracks, PBC On mode or skips to the desired track number in the PBC Off mode Shows the elapsed playing time (Display only) Shows the audio channel, and changes the audio channel. Shows the current sound mode, and changes the setting. B / b, or Numbers, ENTER – B / b, or AUDIO AUTO FORMAT DIRECT Before Operation (Continued) Menu Language You can set your personal preferences on the DVD function mode. Select a language for the Setup menu. This is the menu you see when you press DVD SETUP. Disc Audio Original Disc Audio English Disc Subtitle Russian Disc Subtitle Russian Disc Menu English Disc Menu Rating French Rating Area Code German Area Code TV Aspect Spanish TV Aspect Menu Language Italian Menu Language PREPARATION Initial Settings Polish Hungarian 5.1 Speaker Setup Other – – – – General Operation 1 2 3 4 5 5.1 Speaker Setup Others Others TV Aspect Press DVD SETUP. The Setup menu appears. Use V/v to select the desired option. The screen will show the current setting for the selected option, as well as alternate setting(s). While the desired option is selected, press b, then V/v to select the desired setting. Press ENTER to confirm your selection. Some options require additional steps. Press DVD SETUP, RETURN, or H (PLAY) to exit the setup menu. DVD 4:3 Letterbox: Select when a standard 4:3 TV is connected. Displays pictures with masking bars above and below the picture. 4:3 Panscan: Select when a standard 4:3 TV is connected. Displays pictures cropped to fill your TV screen. Both sides of the picture are cut off. 16:9 Wide: Select when a 16:9 wide TV is connected. Disc Audio 4:3 Letterbox Disc Subtitle 4:3 Panscan Disc Menu 16:9 Wide Rating Area Code Language Disc Language TV Aspect Menu Language DVD Select a language for the disc’s Menu, Audio, and Subtitle features. Original : The original language set for the disc is selected. Other : To select another language, use number buttons to 5.1 Speaker Setup Others enter the corresponding 4-digit number according to the language code list on page 34. If you enter the wrong language code, press CLEAR. Disc Audio Original Disc Subtitle Russian Disc Menu English Rating French Area Code German TV Aspect Spanish Menu Language Italian Polish Hungarian 5.1 Speaker Setup Other – – – – Others Note Disc Language selection may not work for some DVDs. 19 Before Operation (Continued) Speaker Setup 5.1 Speaker Settings Others DVD Select speaker settings, including volume balance and distance, or test the speaker settings. Speaker settings are only active on the Analog MultiChannel Output. (See “Speaker Setup”, page 29.) Disc Audio DRC Off Disc Subtitle PBC On Disc Menu Disc Audio Rating Disc Subtitle Disc Menu The DRC and PBC settings can be changed. Press V/v to select the desired item and press ENTER. The setting of the selected item is changed between On and Off. S S Area Code TV Aspect Rating Front L Area Code Volume TV Aspect Size Small Menu Language Distance 0.3 m 0 dB Menu Language Test 5.1 Speaker Setup Return Others 5.1 Speaker Setup Others Dynamic Range Control (DRC) With the DVD*1 format, you can hear a program’s soundtrack in the most accurate and realistic presentation possible, thanks to digital audio technology. However, you may wish to compress the dynamic range of the audio output (the difference between the loudest sounds and the quietest ones). Then, you may listen to a movie at a lower volume without losing clarity of sound. Set DRC to On for this effect. *1: Dolby Digital only Playback Control (PBC) On: Video CDs with PBC are played according to the PBC. Off: Video CDs with PBC are played the same way as Audio CDs. 20 Before Operation (Continued) Parental Control Area Code Rating Enter the code of an area whose standards were used to rate the DVD video disc, referring to the list (See “Area Code List”, page 35.). Movies on DVDs may contain scenes not suitable for children. Therefore, discs may contain Parental Control information that applies to the complete disc or to certain scenes on the disc. These scenes are rated from 1 to 8, and alternatively, more suitable scenes are available for selection on some discs. Ratings are country dependent. The Parental Control feature allows you to prevent discs from being played by your children or to have certain discs played with alternative scenes. Disc Audio Rating Area Code TV Aspect Menu Language 8 5.1 Speaker Setup Disc Subtitle 7 Others Disc Menu 6 Rating 5 Area Code 4 TV Aspect 3 Menu Language 2 Unlock 5.1 Speaker Setup Change Others Select Rating on the setup menu using V/v 1 buttons on the setup menu. 2 While Rating is selected, press b. you have not entered a password yet. 3 When Enter a 4-digit password using the number buttons to create a personal 4-digit security password, then press ENTER. Enter the 4-digit password again and press ENTER to verify. When you have already entered a password; Enter a 4-digit password using the number buttons to confirm the personal 4-digit security password, then press ENTER. If you make a mistake before pressing ENTER, press CLEAR and enter 4-digit security password again. Select a rating from 1 to 8 using V/v buttons. 4 One (1) has the least playback restrictions. Eight (8) has the most playback restrictions. Unlock: If you select Unlock, Parental Control is not active. The disc will play in full. Ratings 1 to 8: Some discs contain scenes not suitable for children. If you set a rating for the DVD, all disc scenes with the same rating or lower will be played. Higher rated scenes will not be played unless an alternative scene is available on the disc. The alternative must have the same rating or a lower one. If no suitable alternative is found, playback will stop. You must enter the 4-digit password or change the rating level in order to play the disc. U S Disc Menu Disc Audio 1 Code Set Disc Subtitle Select the Area Code option using the V/v but1 tons on the setup menu. 2 While Area Code is selected, press b. 3 Follow step 3 of “Rating” on left. 4 Select the first character using the V/v buttons. Press b to shift to second character and select 5 the second character using V/v buttons. ENTER to confirm your Area Code 6 Press selection, then press DVD SETUP to exit the menu. Note Confirmation of the 4-digit password is necessary when the password is changed (see Changing the 4-digit password below ). Changing the 4-digit password 1 2 3 4 5 Follow Steps 1-2 as shown above to the left (Rating). Enter the old password, then press ENTER. Select Change using V/v buttons then press ENTER. Enter the new 4-digit password, then press ENTER. Enter exactly the same password a second time and verify by pressing ENTER. 6 Press DVD SETUP to exit the menu. If you forget your 4-digit password If you forget your password, to clear the current password follow the procedure below. 1 Press DVD SETUP to display the setup menu. 2 Enter the 6-digit number “210499”. The 4-digit password is cleared. 3 Enter a new password as shown above to the left (Rating). ENTER to confirm your rating selection, 5 Press then press DVD SETUP to exit the menu. 21 PREPARATION DVD DVD DVD and Video CD Operation Playing a DVD and Video CD Tip Playback Setup To play from the beginning of the disc, press x twice, then press H (PLAY). DVD VCD2.0 VCD1.1 Turn on the TV and select the video input source connected to the DVD Receiver. Set the Output Source to CD/DVD as shown in Selecting the Output/Input Source on page 16. Notes Press Z to open the disc tray. 1 Place a disc on the tray, with the label facing up. 2 When a double-sided DVD is inserted, make sure the side you want to play is facing down. Z to close the tray. 3 Press “READING” appears in the display window, and playback starts automatically. If playback does not start, press H (PLAY). In some cases, the disc menu might appear instead. If a menu screen is displayed A menu screen may appear automatically after loading a DVD. DVD Use B/b/V/v buttons to select the title/chapter you want to view, then press ENTER to start playback. Press DVD TOP MENU or DVD MENU to return to the menu screen. VCD2.0 Use the number buttons to select the track you want to view. Press RETURN to return to the menu screen. Menu setting and the exact operating procedures for using the menu may differ depending on the disc. Follow the instructions on the each menu screen. You also may set PBC to Off under setup. See page 20. Notes If Parental Control is set and the disc is not within the Rating settings (not authorized), the 4-digit password must be entered and/or the disc must be authorized (see Parental Control, on page 21). DVDs may have a Region Code. Your DVD Receiver will not play discs that have a Region Code different from your DVD Receiver. The Region Code for this DVD Receiver is 5 (five). Do not keep a fixed image displayed on the screen for a long time. Depending on where you stopped the disc, the receiver may not resume playback from exactly the same point. The point where you stopped playing is cleared when: - Press x in the STOP mode. - Turn the power off . - Open the disc tray. Selecting Another TITLE Selecting Another CHAPTER/TRACK DVD VCD2.0 1 /3 1 /12 If a title on a disc has more than one chapter or a disc has more than one track, you can move to another chapter/track as follows: Press PREV or NEXT briefly during playback to return to the beginning of the current chapter/track or to select the next chapter/track. Press PREV twice briefly to step back to the previous chapter/track. To go directly to any chapter during playback, press DVD DISPLAY. Use V/v to select chapter/track icon. Then, enter the chapter/track number with the number buttons (0-9) or use B/b to select chapter. Then, press ENTER. Notes For one-digit numbers, press the number buttons (1-9) and wait that the operation is performed. For two-digit numbers, press the number buttons (0-9) in rapid succession. On a Video CD with PBC, you must set PBC to Off on the setup menu to use this function. See page 20. DVD VCD2.0 VCD1.1 The DVD Receiver will now go into SEARCH mode. Note Unless stated otherwise, all operations described use the remote control. Some features may also be available on the Setup menu. VCD2.0 VCD1.1 CD When you stop the disc. the player remembers the point where you pressed x (STOP) and “RESUME x” appears on the TV screen. Press H (PLAY) and play will resume from this point. 22 VCD1.1 1 Press m or M during playback. General Features DVD 1 /3 If a disc has more than one title, you can select another title as follows: Press DVD DISPLAY. Use V/v to select title icon, then press the appropriate number buttons (0-9), then use ENTER to select a title number. Press DVD DISPLAY, then use B/b to select a title number, then press ENTER. Search Resume Function DVD 2 Press m or M repeatedly to select the required speed: X2 b, 1 m, 2 m, 3 m (backward) or X2 B, 1 M, 2 M, 3 M (forward). With a Video CD, the Search speed changes: 1 m, 2 m, 3 m (backward) or 1 M, 2 M, 3 M (forward). 3 To return to playback, press H (PLAY). Still Picture DVD VCD2.0 VCD1.1 1 Press X (PAUSE) during playback. The DVD Receiver will go into PAUSE mode. 2 To return to playback, press or X (PAUSE) again or H (PLAY). DVD and Video CD Operation (Continued) Slow Motion DVD VCD2.0 VCD1.1 1 Press X (PAUSE) during playback. The DVD Receiver will now go into PAUSE mode. 2 Press SLOW t or T during pause mode. The DVD Receiver will enter SLOW mode. Notes On a Video CD with PBC, you must set PBC to Off on the setup menu to use the Repeat function. See page 20. When you press PREV twice or NEXT during Repeat mode to go to previous track or next track, repeat mode (Chapter repeat and Track repeat only) is canceled. 3 Use SLOW t or T to select the required speed: 4 t, 3 t, 2 t or 1 t (backward), or 4 T, 3 T, 2 T or 1 T (forward). 4 To return to playback, press H (PLAY). Time Search Note Slow motion playback in reverse is not applicable for Video CD. 1 Press DVD DISPLAY during playback. The on-screen display appears on the screen. Repeat DVD VCD2.0 VCD1.1 DVD Video Discs - Repeat Chapter/Title/Off 1 Press REPEAT when playing a disc. The Repeat icon appears on the TV screen. 2 Press REPEAT to select a desired repeat mode. CHAPT TITLE OFF • CHAPT: repeats the current chapter. • TITLE: repeats the current title on a disc. • OFF: does not play repeatedly. Video CDs - Repeat Track/All/Off 1 Press REPEAT when playing a disc. The Repeat icon appears on the TV screen. DVD 0:20:09 -:--:-- The Time Search function allows you to start playing at any chosen time on the disc. The Time Search box shows the elapsed playing time of the current disc. 2 Within 10 seconds, use V/v to select the Time Search icon in the on-screen display. The “-:--:--” appears in the Time Search box. 3 Within 10 seconds, use the number buttons to enter the required start time. Enter hours, minutes and seconds from left to right in the box. If you enter the wrong numbers, press CLEAR to remove the numbers you entered. Then enter the correct numbers. 4 Within 10 seconds, press ENTER. Playback starts from the selected time on the disc. If you enter an invalid time, playback will continue from the current point. 2 Press REPEAT to select a desired repeat mode. TRACK ALL OFF • TRACK: repeats the current track • ALL: repeats all the tracks on a disc. • OFF: does not play repeatedly. 23 OPERATION General Features (Continued) DVD and Video CD Operation (Continued) General Features (Continued) Special DVD Features Checking the contents of DVD Video discs: Menus A DVD is divided into a lot of sections, which make up a picture or music feature. These sections are called “titles.” When you play a DVD which contains several titles, you can select the title you want using DVD TOP MENU. When you play DVDs that allow you to select items such as the language for the sound, select these items using DVD MENU. 1 Press DVD TOP MENU or DVD MENU. The disc’s menu appears on the TV screen. The contents of the menu vary from disc to disc. 2 Press B/b/V/v or the number buttons to select the item you want to play or change. Camera Angle DVD 1 /1 If the disc contains sequences recorded from different camera angles, the angle icon appears on the TV screen. You can then change the camera angle if you wish. Press ANGLE repeatedly during playback to select a desired angle. The number of the current angle appears on the display. Changing the Audio Language DVD 1 ENG D 5.1 CH Press AUDIO repeatedly during playback to hear a different audio language or audio track. Changing the Audio Channel ST LEFT VCD2.0 VCD1.1 RIGHT Press AUDIO repeatedly during playback to hear a different audio channel (ST, LEFT or RIGHT). 3 Press ENTER. Subtitle DVD 1 ENG Press SUBTITLE repeatedly during playback to see the different subtitle languages. Note If appears, the feature is not available on the disc. 24 Playing an Audio CD and MP3 Notes on MP3 Files Disc About MP3 CD MP3 The DVD Receiver can play MP3 formatted recordings on CD-ROM, CD-R or CD-RW discs. Before playing MP3 disc, read the notes on MP3 files on right. Insert a disc and close the tray. Audio CD: Audio CD menu appears on the TV screen go to step 4. MP3 disc: The MP3/JPEG select menu appears on the TV screen. Go to step 2 1 JPEG Use V/v to select the MP3 then press ENTER. The MP3 disc Menu appears on the TV screen. Press RETURN to move to the MP3/JPEG select menu. Program MP3 Folder1 Folder2 Folder3 Folder4 Folder5 Folder6 Folder7 Folder8 Clear All 00:00 OFF V/v to select a folder, and ENTER. A list of files in the folder appears. 3 Use If a list of files contains another folder, repeat step 3 once more. Tip If you are in a file list and want to return to the Folder list, use the V/v to highlight and press ENTER to return to the previous menu screen. 4 Use V/v to select a track then press H (PLAY) or ENTER. Playback starts. During playback, the current track’s elapsed playing time will appear in the display window and menu. Playback will stop at the end of the disc. An MP3 file is audio data compressed by using the MPEG1 audio layer-3 file-coding scheme. We call files that have the “.mp3” file extension “MP3 files”. The DVD Receiver can not read an MP3 file that has a file extension other than “.mp3”. MP3 Disc compatibility with this DVD Receiver is limited as follows: MP3 2 Sampling Frequency : only at 44.1kHz Bit rate : within 32 - 320kbps CD-R physical format should be “ISO 9660” If you record MP3 files using the software which cannot create a FILE SYSTEM, it is impossible to playback MP3 files. A single session disc requires MP3 files in the first track. If there is no MP3 file in the 1st track, it cannot playback MP3 files. If you wish to playback MP3 files, format all the data in the disc or use a new one. File names should be named using 8 letters or less and must incorporate “.mp3” extension e.g. “********.mp3”. Do not use special letters such as “/ : * ? “ < > ” etc. Total number of files on the disc should be less than 650. This DVD Receiver requires discs/recordings to meet certain technical standards in order to achieve optimal playback quality. Pre-recorded DVDs are automatically set to these standards. There are many different types of recordable disc formats (including CD-R containing MP3 files). That require certain pre-existing conditions (see above) to insure compatible playback. Customers should also note that permission is required in order to download MP3 files and music from the Internet. Our company has no right to grant such permission. Permission should always be sought from the copyright owner. Press DVD TOP MENU to move to the next page. Press DVD MENU to move to the previous page. Audio CD Menu Program CD MP3 disc Menu Program MP3 TRACK01 TRACK02 TRACK03 TRACK04 TRACK05 TRACK06 TRACK07 Clear All TRACK08 0: 56: 18 ST AUTO TRACK TRACK TRACK TRACK TRACK TRACK TRACK TRACK 1.mp3 2.mp3 3.mp3 4.mp3 5.mp3 6.mp3 7.mp3 8.mp3 00:00 Clear All 1 OFF 5 Press x (STOP) to stop playback. 25 OPERATION Audio CD and MP3 Disc Operation Audio CD and MP3 Disc Operation (Continued) Pause CD Repeat MP3 CD MP3 1 Press X (PAUSE) during playback. 1 Press REPEAT when playing a disc. 2 To return to playback, press X (PAUSE) again or press H (PLAY). 2 Press REPEAT to select a desired repeat mode. The Repeat icon appears on the TV screen. TRACK Selecting Another Track CD ALL OFF MP3 If a disc has more than one track, you can move to another track as follows: Press . or > briefly during playback to go to the next track or to return to the beginning of the current track. Press . twice briefly to step back to the previous track. On Audio CDs, to go directly to any track, enter the track number using the number buttons (0-9) during playback. • TRACK: repeats the current track • ALL: repeats all the tracks on a disc. • OFF: does not play repeatedly. Note When you press . twice or > during Repeat mode to go to previous track or next track, repeat mode (Track repeat only) is canceled. Changing the Audio Channel Notes For one-digit numbers, press the number buttons (1-9) and wait that the operation is performed. For two-digit numbers, press the number buttons (0-9) in rapid succession. Search CD MP3 1 Press m or M during playback. The DVD Receiver will now go into SEARCH mode. 2 Press m or M repeatedly to select the required speed: 1 m, 2 m, 3 m (backward) or 1 M, 2 M, 3 M (forward). Search speed and direction are indicated on the menu screen. 3 To return to playback, press H (PLAY). 26 CD Press AUDIO repeatedly during playback to hear a different audio channel (ST, LEFT, or RIGHT). JPEG File Operation JPEG This DVD Receiver can play discs with JPEG files. Before playing JPEG files, read the notes on JPEG Files on right. Insert a disc and close the tray. The MP3/JPEG select menu appears on the TV screen. 1 MP3 JPEG Selecting another Files Press . or > once while viewing a picture to advance to the next file or to the previous file. OPERATION Viewing JPEG Files on a Disc Still Picture 1 Press X (PAUSE) during slide show. The DVD Receiver will now go into PAUSE mode. 2 To return to the slide show, press H (PLAY) or X (PAUSE) again. To flip the picture Use V/v to select the JPEG then press ENTER. JPEG menu appears on the TV screen. 2 The Press V/v while showing a picture to flip the picture horizontally or a vertically. JPEG Folder1 To rotate picture Folder2 Folder3 Folder4 Press B/b while showing a picture to rotate the picture clockwise or counter clockwise. Folder5 Folder6 Folder7 Folder8 Slide Speed Off V/v to select a folder, and ENTER. 3 Use A list of files in the folder appears. Press RETURN to move to the MP3/JPEG select Notes on JPEG Files If you are in a file list and want to return to the Folder list, use the V/v buttons on the remote to highlight “ ” and press ENTER to return to the previous menu screen. Depending upon the size and number of the JPEG files, it could take a long time for the DVD Receiver to read the disc’s contents. If you don’t see an on-screen display after several minutes, some of the files are too big — reduce the resolution of the JPEG files to less than 2 mega pixels and burn another disc. Total number of files and folders on the disc should be less than 650. Use V/v to select a file then press ENTER or 4 Viewing (PLAY). the file function starts. Some disc may be incompatible due to different recording format or condition of disc. H While viewing a file, press RETURN to move to the previous menu (JPEG menu). When you are using software to burn the jpeg files into the CD-R, ensure that all the selected files have the “.jpg” extensions when copying into the CD layout. If the files have “.jpe” or “.jpeg” extensions, please rename them as “.jpg” files. File names without “.jpg” extension will not be able to be read by this DVD Receiver, even though the files are shown as JPEG image files in windows explorer. menu. Tip Press DVD TOP MENU to move to the next page. Press DVD MENU to move to the previous page. Note JPEG file that does not play is skipped. JPEG Folder1 Picture1.jpg Picture2.jpg Picture3.jpg Picture4.jpg Picture5.jpg Picture6.jpg Picture7.jpg 5/32 1024X768 Slide Speed Off 5/32 1024X768 Picture5.jpg Tip There are three viewing Slide Speed options: Fast, Normal, Slow, and Off. Use B/b to highlight the Slide Speed then use V/v to select the option you want to use, and press ENTER. Press x (STOP) to stop viewing. 5 The JPEG menu appears. 27 Programmed Playback VCD2.0 CD Programmed Playback with Audio CD and MP3 Disc The Program function enables you to store your favorite tracks from any disc in the DVD Receiver memory. Program can contain 30 tracks. Press PROGRAM to enter the Program Edit mode. 1 The mark will appear to the right of the word Program on the right side of the menu screen. Note Press PROGRAM to exit the Program Edit mode; the mark will disappear. VCD1.1 MP3 Programmed Playback with Video CD Note On a Video CD with PBC, you must set PBC to Off on the setup menu to use the Program function. See page 20. 1 Insert Video CD and close the tray. 2 Press PROGRAM. The VCD Program menu will appear. Note Press RETURN, PROGRAM or H (PLAY) to exit the Program menu. steps 2-6 of “Programmed Playback with 3 Follow Audio CD and MP3 disc” on left. “PROGRAM” appears on the TV screen. a track, then press ENTER to place the 2 Select selected track on the Program list. step 2 to place additional tracks on the 3 Repeat Program list. Program VCD TRACK 1 TRACK 2 TRACK 3 TRACK 4 TRACK 5 Audio CD menu TRACK 6 MP3 disc Menu TRACK 7 TRACK 8 Program CD TRACK 1 TRACK 12 TRACK 2 TRACK 8 TRACK 3 TRACK 10 TRACK 4 TRACK 3 TRACK 5 TRACK 6 TRACK 7 Clear All TRACK 8 0: 56: 18 ST AUTO Program MP3 TRACK 8.mp3 TRACK TRACK TRACK TRACK TRACK TRACK TRACK TRACK 1.mp3 2.mp3 3.mp3 4.mp3 5.mp3 6.mp3 7.mp3 8.mp3 00:00 TRACK 2.mp3 TRACK 4.mp3 TRACK 3.mp3 To return normal playback from 4 programmed playback, press PROGRAM. “PROGRAM” disappears on the TV screen. Clear All 3 OFF 4 Press b. The programmed track you selected last is highlighted on the program list. Repeat Programmed Tracks 1 Press REPEAT when playing the programmed tracks. The Repeat icon appears on the TV screen. 2 Press REPEAT to select a desired repeat mode. Press V/v to select the track you want to start 5 playing. TRACK Press DVD TOP MENU to move to the next page. Press DVD MENU to move to the previous page. 6 Press H (PLAY) or ENTER to start. Playback begins in the order in which you programmed the tracks and “PGM” appears on the menu screen. Playback stops after all of the tracks on the Program list have played once. 7 Clear All To return normal playback from programmed playback, press PROGRAM to exit the Program Edit mode. Select a track of CD (or MP3) list and then press ENTER or H (PLAY). “PGM” indicator disappears in the display window. ALL OFF • TRACK: repeats the current track • ALL: repeats all tracks on the program list. • OFF: does not play repeatedly. Erasing a Track from Program List 1 Press PROGRAM during playback (Audio CD and MP3 disc only) or stop to enter the Program Edit mode. The mark will appear. 2 Press b to move to the Program list. 3 Use V/v to select the track that you wish to erase from the Program list. 4 Press CLEAR. The track will be erased from the Program list. Erasing the whole Program List 1 Follow steps 1-2 of “Erasing a Track from Program List” as above. 2 Use V/v to select “Clear All”, then press ENTER. The complete Program for the disc will be erased Notes 28 The programs are cleared when the power is turn off. The programs are cleared when the disc is removed. The programs are cleared when another function mode (VIDEO, FM, AM etc,.) is selected. Speaker Setup Disc Audio Disc Subtitle Disc Menu S S Rating Front L Area Code Volume TV Aspect Size Small Menu Language Distance 0.3 m 0 dB Test Return 5.1 Speaker Setup Others DVD SETUP. 1 Press The Setup menu appears. “5.1 Speaker Setup” using the V/v 2 Select buttons on the setup menu. “5.1 Speaker Setup” is selected, 3 While press b button. 4 Press b buttons to select the desired speaker. 5 Adjust options by using V/v/B/b buttons. Distance If you connected speakers to your DVD Receiver, setting the Distance lets the speakers (except subwoofer) know how far the sound has to travel to reach your set listening point. This allows the sound from each speaker to reach the listener at the same time. Note You can not set the distance of subwoofer speaker. Test Press ENTER to test the signals of each speaker. Adjust the volume to match the volume of test signals memorized in the system. Front Left (L) → Center → Front Right (R) → Surround Right (R) → Surround Left (L) → Subwoofer You can stop the test using V/v. Return Press ENTER to return to the previous menu. Speaker selection Select a speaker that you want to adjust. ((Front speaker (Left), Front speaker (Right), Center Speaker, Surround speaker (Left), Surround speaker (Right), or Subwoofer)) Note Certain speaker settings are prohibited by the Dolby Digital licensing agreement. Volume Press B / b to adjust the output level of the selected speaker. (-6dB ~ 6dB) Size Since the speaker settings are fixed, you cannot change the settings. Subwoofer’s size is fixed “Large” and the other speaker’s size are fixed “Small”. 29 OPERATION You can set your personal preferences on the DVD function mode. Adjust the following settings for the built-in 5.1 channel surround decoder. Additional Information Sleep Timer Setting Dimmer You can set the DVD Receiver to turn off automatically at a specified time. This function will change the brightness of the display window on the front panel during in power-on status. Press the DIMMER repeatedly. 1 Press SLEEP to set the desired sleep time. 2 Each time you press SLEEP the setting changes in the following order. SLEEP 90 →80 → 70 → 60→ 50 → 40 → 30 → 20 →10 → OFF The SLEEP indicator and sleep time appears in the display window. Note You can check the time remaining before the DVD Receiver turns off. Press SLEEP. The remaining time appears in the Display Window. Viewing the Playing Time and Remaining Time in the Front Panel Display You can check the disc information, such as the remaining time, total number of titles in a DVD, or tracks in a CD, VIDEO CD or MP3, using the front panel display. Press DISPLAY on the remote. Muting Press MUTING to mute your unit. You can mute your unit in order, for example, to answer the telephone, “MUTING ON” indicator in the Display Window. To exit mute mode, press MUTING again. Using Headphone Jack Connect a stereo headphone plug ( 3.5mm) into the PHONES connector. The speakers are automatically disconnected when you plug in a headphone (not supplied). Volume Control You can adjust the volume by pressing VOLUME (-/+) repeatedly. Using the Sound Effect This system provides you with sound effect, simply by pressing a button. Choose sound to suit your needs. Each time you press DISPLAY while playing the disc, the display changes. Press DSGX on the remote. Notes The sound effect is activate. Depending on the type of disc being played and the playing mode, the disc information may not be displayed. This function is available during only playback mode. Tips When playing VIDEO CDs with PBC functions, only the play- ing time of the scene is displayed. The playing time and remaining time of the current chapter, title, track, scene, or disc will also appear on your TV screen. DSGX With DSGX on, bass frequencies are effectively reinforced. To turn off the sound effect Press DSGX on the remote again. Notes When you connect headphones to the system, the DSGX function does not work. This function is available during only playback mode. 30 Presetting the Radio stations Listening to the Radio You can preset 30 stations for FM and AM (MW). Before tuning, make sure that you have turned down the volume. Preset radio stations in the DVD Receiver’s memory first (see “Presetting radio stations” on the left). Press TUNER/BAND on the remote control until FM or AM (MW) appears in the display window. 1 then every time you press TUNER/BAND, 2 And FM and AM (MW) changes alternately. and hold TUNING - or + on the remote 3 Press control for about two seconds until the frequency indication starts to change, then release. Scanning stops when the DVD/CD Receiver tunes in a station. “TUNED” and “ST” (for stereo program) appear in the Display Window. 4 Press TUNER MENU on the remote control. TUNING - or + on the remote control to 5 Press select the preset number you want. TUNER MENU on the remote control 6 Press again. A preset number will flash in the Display Window. 1 The last received station is tuned in. PRESET -/+ repeatedly to select the 2 Press preset station you want. Each time you press the button, the DVD receiver tunes in one preset station at a time. the volume by pressing VOLUME + or 3 Adjust repeatedly. To turn off the radio Press @ / 1 to turn the DVD Receiver off or select another function mode (CD/DVD, VIDEO or TV). To listen to non-preset radio stations Use manual or automatic tuning in step 2. For manual tuning, press TUNING - or + on the remote control repeatedly. For automatic tuning, press and hold TUNING - or + for about two seconds on the remote control. The station is stored. 7 Repeat steps 3 to 6 to store other stations. To tune in a station with a weak signal Press TUNING - or + repeatedly in step 3 to tune in the station manually. To clear all the stored stations Press and hold TUNER MENU for about two seconds and “CLEAR ALL” is appeared in the display window and then press TUNER MENU again, the stations are cleared. If you have accidentally entered into the "CLEAR ALL" mode and you do not wish to clear the memory, do not press any key. After a few seconds, the "CLEAR ALL" display will go off by itself and change to normal mode. Press TUNER/BAND until AM (MW) or FM appears in the Display Window. To select a preset radio station directly You can use the number buttons on the remote control to select a preset radio station directly. For example, to listen to preset station 4, press 4 on the remote control. To listen to preset station 19, press 1 then 9 (within 3 seconds). For your reference If an FM program is noisy Press FM MODE on the remote control so that “ST” disappears in the display window. There will be no stereo effect, but the reception will improve. Press FM MODE again to restore the stereo effect. To improve reception Reorient the supplied antennas. Note If all stations have already been entered, the FULL message will appear in the display window for a moment and then a preset number will flash. To change the preset number, follow the steps 5-6 as above. 31 OPERATION Radio Operation Controlling the TV with the Supplied Remote You can control the sound level, input source, and power switch of your TV with the supplied remote. Controlling the TV You can control your TV using the buttons below. By pressing You can TV @ / 1 TV/VIDEO Turn the TV on or off. Switch the TV’s input source between the TV and other input sources. TV CH +/- Scans up or down through memorized channels. TV VOL +/- Adjust the volume of the TV. TV @ / 1 Using the number buttons for controlling the TV TV When you set the remote to the TV mode, you can use the number buttons for controlling the TV. Press the TV buttons The TV button turns red and the remote is set to the TV mode. You can select the TV channels by using the number buttons. >10 is for selecting the channel number greater than 10. To cancel the TV mode, press the TV button again. Notes Before adjusting the TV, press TV. The TV button turns off when you do not operate the remote for 10 seconds. Depending on the TV, you may not be able to control your TV or to use some of the buttons above. Tip Depending on the TV manufacture, the following method works. For double-digit number, press -/-- first and then number. (For example, for channel 25, press -/--, then 2 and 5.) TV/VIDEO TV CH +/TV VOL +/- 32 SONY TV DIRECT allows you to turn on your SONY TV and this system, change the system mode to “CD/DVD,” and then switch the TV’s input source you set with one button push. By pressing Number TV’s input source TV/VIDEO 0 No input source (Default) SONY TV DIRECT 1 VIDEO1 2 VIDEO2 3 VIDEO3 4 VIDEO4 5 VIDEO5 6 VIDEO6 7 COMPONENT 1 INPUT 8 COMPONENT 2 INPUT TV Number buttons OPERATION Using the SONY TV DIRECT Function and hold TV CH + while entering the code 2 Press for transmit time (see table below) using the number buttons. The transmit time from the remote is selected. If you successfully set the transmit time code, the TV button flashes twice slowly. If the setting is unsuccessful, the TV button flashes five times quickly. Transmit time TV CH + 1 2 0.5 (Default) 1 3 1.5 4 2 5 2.5 6 3 7 3.5 8 4 TV/VIDEO Operation TV CH +/- Point the remote to the direction of TV and this system, then press SONY TV DIRECT once. While transmitting the code from the remote, the TV button flashes. Preparation Register the TV’s input source connected to this system. 1 By pressing Number Press and hold TV/VIDEO while entering the code for the TV’s input source to connect this system (see table below) using the number buttons. Notes The function is only for SONY TV series. If this function does not work, change the transmit time. The transmit time varies depending on the TV. If distance between TV and this system is too far, this function may not work. Install the system near the TV. Keep the remote pointed in the direction of the TV and this sysetm whlie the TV button is flashing. TV’s input source is selected If you successfully set the TV’s input source code, the TV button flashes twice slowly. If the setting is unsuccessful, the TV button flashes five times quickly. 33 Language Code List Enter the appropriate code number for the initial settings “Disc Audio”, “Disc Subtitle” and/or “Disc Menu” (See page 19). Code Language Code Language Code Language Code Language 6566 Abkhazian 7074 Fiji 7678 Lingala 8373 Singhalese 6565 Afar 7073 Finnish 7684 Lithuanian 8375 Slovak 6570 Afrikaans 7082 French 7775 Macedonian 8376 Slovenian 8381 Albanian 7089 Frisian 7771 Malagasy 8379 Somali 6577 Ameharic 7176 Galician 7783 Malay 6983 Spanish 6582 Arabic 7565 Georgian 7776 Malayalam 8385 Sudanese 7289 Armenian 6869 German 7784 Maltese 8387 Swahili 6583 Assamese 6976 Greek 7773 Maori 8386 Swedish 6588 Aymara 7576 Greenlandic 7782 Marathi 8476 Tagalog 6590 Azerbaijani 7178 Guarani 7779 Moldavian 8471 Tajik 6665 Bashkir 7185 Gujarati 7778 Mongolian 8465 Tamil 6985 Basque 7265 Hausa 7865 Nauru 8484 Tatar 6678 Bengali; Bangla 7387 Hebrew 7869 Nepali 8469 Telugu 6890 Bhutani 7273 Hindi 7879 Norwegian 8472 Thai 6672 Bihari 7285 Hungarian 7982 Oriya 6679 Tibetan 6682 Breton 7383 Icelandic 8065 Panjabi 8473 Tigrinya 6671 Bulgarian 7378 Indonesian 8083 Pashto, Pushto 8479 Tonga 7789 Burmese 7365 Interlingua 7065 Persian 8482 Turkish 6669 Byelorussian 7165 Irish 8076 Polish 8475 Turkmen 7577 Cambodian 7384 Italian 8084 Portuguese 8487 Twi 6765 Catalan 7465 Japanese 8185 Quechua 8575 Ukrainian 9072 Chinese 7487 Javanese 8277 Rhaeto-Romance 8582 Urdu 6779 Corsican 7578 Kannada 8279 Rumanian 8590 Uzbek 7282 Croatian 7583 Kashmiri 8285 Russian 8673 Vietnamese 6783 Czech 7575 Kazakh 8377 Samoan 8679 Volapük 6865 Danish 7589 Kirghiz 8365 Sanskrit 6789 Welsh 7876 Dutch 7579 Korean 7168 Scots Gaelic 8779 Wolof 6978 English 7585 Kurdish 8382 Serbian 8872 Xhosa 6979 Esperanto 7679 Laothian 8372 Serbo-Croatian 7473 Yiddish 6984 Estonian 7665 Latin 8378 Shona 8979 Yoruba 7079 Faroese 7686 Latvian, Lettish 8368 Sindhi 9085 Zulu 34 Area Code List Code AD AE AF AG AI AL AM AN AO AQ AR AS AT AU AW AZ BA BB BD BE BF BG BH BI BJ BM BN BO BR BS BT BV BW BY BZ CA CC CF CG CH CI CK CL CM CN CO CR CS CU CV CX CY CZ DE DJ DK DM DO DZ EC EE EG EH Area Andorra United Arab Emirates Afghanistan Antigua and Barbuda Anguilla Albania Armenia Netherlands Antilles Angola Antarctica Argentina American Samoa Austria Australia Aruba Azerbaidjan Bosnia-Herzegovina Barbados Bangladesh Belgium Burkina Faso Bulgaria Bahrain Burundi Benin Bermuda Brunei Darussalam Bolivia Brazil Bahamas Bhutan Bouvet Island Botswana Belarus Belize Canada Cocos (Keeling) Islands Central African Republic Congo Switzerland Ivory Coast Cook Islands Chile Cameroon China Colombia Costa Rica Former Czechoslovakia Cuba Cape Verde Christmas Island Cyprus Czech Republic Germany Djibouti Denmark Dominica Dominican Republic Algeria Ecuador Estonia Egypt Western Sahara Code ER ES ET FI FJ FK FM FO FR FX GA GB GD GE GF GH GI GL GM GN GP GQ GR GS GT GU GW GY HK HM HN HR HT HU ID IE IL IN IO IQ IR IS IT JM JO JP KE KG KH KI KM KN KP KR KW KY KZ LA LB Area Eritrea Spain Ethiopia Finland Fiji Falkland Islands Micronesia Faroe Islands France France (European Territory) Gabon Great Britain Grenada Georgia French Guyana Ghana Gibraltar Greenland Gambia Guinea Guadeloupe (French) Equatorial Guinea Greece S. Georgia & S. Sandwich Isls. Guatemala Guam (USA) Guinea Bissau Guyana Hong Kong Heard and McDonald Islands Honduras Croatia Haiti Hungary Indonesia Ireland Israel India British Indian Ocean Territory Iraq Iran Iceland Italy Jamaica Jordan Japan Kenya Kyrgyzstan Cambodia6 Kiribati Comoros Saint Kitts & Nevis Anguilla North Korea South Korea Kuwait Cayman Islands Kazakhstan Laos Lebanon Code LC LI LK LR LS LT LU LV LY MA MC MD MG MH MK ML MM MN MO MP MQ MR MS MT MU MV MW MX MY MZ NA NC NE NF NG NI NL NO NP NR NU NZ OM PA PE PF PG PH PK PL PM PN PR PT PW PY QA RE RO RU RW SA SB Area Saint Lucia Liechtenstein Sri Lanka Liberia Lesotho Lithuania Luxembourg Latvia Libya Morocco Monaco Moldavia Madagascar Marshall Islands Macedonia Mali Myanmar Mongolia Macau Northern Mariana Islands Martinique (French) Mauritania Montserrat Malta Mauritius Maldives Malawi Mexico Malaysia Mozambique Namibia New Caledonia (French) Niger Norfolk Island Nigeria Nicaragua Netherlands Norway Nepal Nauru Niue New Zealand Oman Panama Peru Polynesia (French) Papua New Guinea Philippines Pakistan Poland Saint Pierre and Miquelon Pitcairn Island Puerto Rico Portugal Palau Paraguay Qatar Reunion (French) Romania Russian Federation Rwanda Saudi Arabia Solomon Islands Code SC SD SE SG SH SI SJ SK SL SM SN SO SR ST SU SV SY SZ TC TD TF TG TH TJ TK TM TN TO TP TR TT TV TW TZ UA UG UK UM US UY UZ VA VC VE VG VI VN VU WF WS YE YT YU ZA ZM ZR ZW Area Seychelles Sudan Sweden Singapore Saint Helena Slovenia Svalbard and Jan Mayen Islands Slovak Republic Sierra Leone San Marino Senegal Somalia Suriname Saint Tome and Principe Former USSR El Salvador Syria Swaziland Turks and Caicos Islands Chad French Southern Territories Togo Thailand Tadjikistan Tokelau Turkmenistan Tunisia Tonga East Timor Turkey Trinidad and Tobago Tuvalu Taiwan Tanzania Ukraine Uganda United Kingdom USA Minor Outlying Islands United States Uruguay Uzbekistan Vatican City State Saint Vincent & Grenadines Venezuela Virgin Islands (British) Virgin Islands (USA) Vietnam Vanuatu Wallis and Futuna Islands Samoa Yemen Mayotte Yugoslavia South Africa Zambia Zaire Zimbabwe 35 REFERENCE Enter the appropriate code number for the initial setting “Area Code” (See page 21). Troubleshooting Check the following guide for the possible cause of a problem before contacting service. Symptom Cause Correction No power. • The power cord is disconnected. • Plug the power cord securely into the wall outlet. The power is on, but the DVD Receiver does not work. • No disc is inserted. • Insert a disc. (Check that the DVD or, audio CD indicator in the DVD display is lit.) No picture. • The TV is not set to receive DVD signal output. • Select the appropriate video input mode on the TV so the picture from the DVD/ CD receiver appears on the TV screen. • The video cable is not connected securely. • Connect the video cable into the jacks securely. • The connected TV power is turned off. • Turn on the TV. • The equipment connected with the audio cable is not set to receive DVD signal output. • Select the correct input mode of the audio receiver so you can hear the sound from the DVD Receiver. • The audio cables are not connected securely. • Connect the audio cable into the jacks securely. • The power of the equipment connected with the audio cable is turned off. • Turn on the equipment connected with the audio cable. • The audio connecting cable is damaged. • Replace it with new one. • The disc is dirty. • Clean the disc. There is no sound or only a very low-level sound is heard. The playback picture is poor. The DVD Receiver does • No disc is inserted. not start playback. Loud hum or noise is heard. 36 • Insert a disc. (Check that the DVD, or audio CD indicator in the DVD display is lit.) • An unplayable disc is inserted. • Insert a playable disc. (Check the disc type, colour system and Regional code.) • The disc is placed upside down. • Place the disc with the playback side down. • The disc is not placed within the guide. • Place the disc on the disc tray correctly inside the guide. • The disc is dirty. • Clean the disc. • A menu is on the TV screen. • Press the DVD SETUP button to turn off the menu screen. • The Rating level is set. • Cancel the Rating function or change the rating level. • The plugs and jacks are dirty. • Wipe them with a cloth slightly moistened with alcohol. • The disc is dirty. • Clean the disc. • The speakers and components are connected poorly. • Connect the speakers and components securely. • The DVD Receiver is located too close to the TV. • Move your TV away from the audio components. Troubleshooting (Continued) Radio stations cannot be tuned in. The remote control does not work properly. Cause • The antenna is positioned or connected poorly. • Adjust the antennas and connect an external antenna if necessary. • The signal strength of the stations is too weak (when tuning in with automatic tuning). • Tune in the station manually. • No stations have been preset or preset stations have been cleared (when tuning by scanning preset stations). • Preset the stations (page 31). • The remote control is not pointed at the remote sensor of the DVD Receiver. • Point the remote control at the remote sensor of the DVD Receiver. • The remote control is too far from the DVD Receiver. • Use the remote control within about 20 ft (6 m). • There is an obstacle in the path of the remote control and the DVD/CD receiver. • Remove the obstacle. • The batteries in the remote control are flat. • Replace the batteries with new ones. The sound mode or Pro • The system cannot change while playing a MP3 disc. Logic II mode cannot be changed. The front panel display is too dim. Correction • Connect the antenna securely. REFERENCE Symptom • Nothing is displayed on the front panel display. • Insert such a CD disc. • Press DIMMER on the remote control. 37 Specification [General] Power supply Power consumption Mass External dimensions (W x H x D) Operating conditions Operating humidity Laser [Video] [CD/DVD] Emission duration Signal system Frequency response (audio) Signal-to-noise ratio (audio) Dynamic range (audio) Harmonic distortion (audio) Inputs [Amplifier] AM [MW] [Tuner] [FM] Video output Tuning Range Intermediate Frequency Signal-to Noise Ratio Tuning Range Intermediate Frequency Stereo mode Surround mode (* Depending on the sound mode settings and the source, there may be no sound output.) [Supplied Accessories] [Speakers] Outputs Type Impedance Frequency Response Rated Input Power Max. Input Power Net Dimensions (W x H x D) Net Weight 220-240V AC, 50/60Hz 100W, No more than 1 W (220-240V AC) (at the power saving mode) 4.9 kg 430 x 70 x 370 mm Temperature: 5°C to 35°C, Operation status: Horizontal 5% to 85% Semiconductor laser, wavelength 650 nm for VCD and DVD, wavelength 780 nm for CD Continuous PAL, NTSC 2 Hz ~ 20 kHz (±1.0 dB) More than 75 dB (1 kHz, NOP, 20 kHz LPF/A-Filter) More than 70 dB 0.5 % (1 kHz, at 12W position) (20 kHz LPF/A-Filter) VIDEO (AUDIO IN): Sensitivity: 800 m V Impedance: 50 kilohms SCART (AUDIO IN): Sensitivity: 800 m V Impedance: 50 kilohms 1.0 V (p-p), 75 Ω, negative sync., RCA jack EURO AV (TO TV) 87.5 - 108 MHz 10.7 MHz 60 dB (Mono) 522 - 1,611 kHz 450 kHz 80W + 80W (6 Ω at 1 kHz, THD 10 %) Front: 80W + 80W Centre*: 80W Surround*: 80W + 80W (6Ω at 1 kHz, THD 10 %) Subwoofer*: 150W (3Ω at 50 Hz, THD 10 %) PHONES: (32 Ω, 25mW) Front Speaker Surround Speaker Centre Speaker (SS-TS12) (SS-TS13) (SS-CT12) (SS-WS13) 1 Way 1 Speaker 1 Way 1 Speaker 1 Way 1 Speaker 1 Way 1 Speaker 6Ω 6Ω 180 - 20,000 Hz 180 - 20,000 Hz 3Ω 45 - 180 Hz 80 W 80 W 80 W 80 W 80 W 80 W 260 x 1110 x 260 mm 100 x 105 x 110 mm 100 x 105 x 110 mm 175 x 380x405 mm 3.5 kg 0.6 kg 0.6 kg 6.7 kg • Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Subwoofer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Remote Commander (remote) RM-SS220 • Operating Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Speakers - Connection and Installation (card) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 .1 .1 .1 . . .1 150 W 150 W • Speaker cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 • Size AA (R6) batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 • AM loop antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 • FM antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 • Foot pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 • Ferrite core . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 ❋ Designs and specifications are subject to change without notice. 38 6Ω 180 - 20,000 Hz Woofer Speaker Sony Corporation Printed in China http://www.sony.net DVD ëàëíÖåÄ ÑéåÄòçÖÉé äàçéíÖÄíêÄ àÌÒÚÛ͈Ëfl ÔÓ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË DAV-SB200 ©2004 Sony Corporation RU åÂ˚ Ô‰ÓÒÚÓÓÊÌÓÒÚË éëíéêéÜçé: óíéÅõ èêÖÑéíÇêÄíàíú ÇéáÉéêÄçàÖ àãà èéêÄÜÖçàÖ ùãÖäíêàóÖëíÇéå, çÖ ÑéèìëäÄâíÖ èéèÄÑÄçàü Ç èêàÅéê ÇéÑõ. èêÖÑìèêÖÜÑÖçàÖ: ç ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÈÚ ‰‡ÌÌÓ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ‚ Á‡Í˚Ú˚ı ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚‡ı, ̇ÔËÏÂ, ‚ ÍÌËÊÌÓÏ ¯Í‡ÙÛ ËÎË ‚ ÔÓ‰Ó·Ì˚ı ÏÂÒÚ‡ı. óÚÓ·˚ Ô‰ÓÚ‚‡ÚËÚ¸ ‚ÓÁÌËÍÌÓ‚ÂÌË ÔÓʇ‡, Ì ̇Í˚‚‡ÈÚ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ ‚ÂÌÚËÎflˆËË „‡ÁÂÚ‡ÏË, Ò͇ÚÂÚflÏË, Á‡Ì‡‚ÂÒ͇ÏË Ë Ú. ‰. ç ÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ̇ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó „Ófl˘Ëı ҂˜ÂÈ. ç ‚˚·‡Ò˚‚‡ÈÚ ·‡Ú‡ÂË ‚ÏÂÒÚÂ Ò ·˚ÚÓ‚˚ÏË ÓÚıÓ‰‡ÏË, ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ÛÌ˘ÚÓÊËÚ¸  ԇ‚ËθÌÓ, Ú‡Í Í‡Í ‰‡ÌÌ˚È ‚ˉ ÓÚıÓ‰Ó‚ ÓÚÌÓÒËÚÒfl Í ıËÏ˘ÂÒÍËÏ. чÌÌÓ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ÓÚÌÓÒËÚÒfl Í Î‡ÁÂÌ˚Ï ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡Ï ä·ÒÒ‡ 1. ç‡ÍÎÂÈ͇ Ò Ú‡ÍÓÈ Ì‡‰ÔËÒ¸˛ ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl Ò ‚̯ÌÂÈ ÒÚÓÓÌ˚ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡. ÇçàåÄçàÖ: Ç ‰‡ÌÌÓÏ DVD-ÂÒ˂ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl ·ÁÂ̇fl ÒËÒÚÂχ. óÚÓ·˚ „‡‡ÌÚËÓ‚‡Ú¸ Ô‡‚ËθÌÓ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ‰‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ËÁ‰ÂÎËfl, Ú˘‡ÚÂθÌÓ ËÁÛ˜ËÚ ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚Ó ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÚÂÎfl Ë ÒÓı‡ÌËÚÂ Â„Ó ‰Îfl Ó·‡˘ÂÌËfl ‚ ·Û‰Û˘ÂÏ. ÖÒÎË ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ¸ ÚÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍÓ ӷÒÎÛÊË‚‡ÌË ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡, Ó·‡ÚËÚÂÒ¸ ‚ ÓÙˈˇθÌ˚È Ò‚ËÒÌ˚È ˆÂÌÚ (ÒÏ. Ôӈ‰ÛÛ Ó·ÒÎÛÊË‚‡ÌËfl). àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ӄ‡ÌÓ‚ ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl, ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ, ‡ Ú‡ÍÊ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌË Ôӈ‰Û, ÓÚ΢Ì˚ı ÓÚ ‡ÒÒÏÓÚÂÌÌ˚ı ‚ ‰‡ÌÌÓÏ ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚Â, ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔË‚ÂÒÚË Í ÓÔ‡ÒÌÓÏÛ Ó·ÎÛ˜ÂÌ˲. óÚÓ·˚ Ô‰ÓÚ‚‡ÚËÚ¸ ÔflÏÓ ‚ÓÁ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ë ·ÁÂÌÓ„Ó ÎÛ˜‡, Ì ÓÚÍ˚‚‡ÈÚ ÍÓÔÛÒ. èË ÓÚÍ˚ÚÓÏ ÍÓÔÛÒ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ ‚ÓÁ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ë ‚ˉËÏÓ„Ó Î‡ÁÂÌÓ„Ó ËÁÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl. çÖ ëåéíêàíÖ çÄ ãÄáÖêçõâ ãìó. ÇçàåÄçàÖ: чÌÌ˚È ÔË·Ó Ì ‰ÓÎÊÂÌ ÔÓ‰‚„‡Ú¸Òfl ‚ÓÁ‰ÂÈÒڂ˲ ‚Ó‰˚ (͇ÔÎflÏ ËÎË ·˚Á„‡Ï). äÓÏ ÚÓ„Ó, ̇ ÌÂ„Ó Ì ÒΉÛÂÚ ÒÚ‡‚ËÚ¸ ͇ÍËÂ-ÎË·Ó Ô‰ÏÂÚ˚, ̇ÔÓÎÌÂÌÌ˚ ‚Ó‰ÓÈ, Í ÔËÏÂÛ Ú‡ÍËÂ, Í‡Í ‚‡Á˚. Ô‰ÓÒÚÓÓÊÌÓÒÚË åÂ˚ • ÖÒÎË ˜ÚÓ-ÚÓ ÔÓÔ‡‰ÂÚ ‚ÌÛÚ¸ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡, ÓÚÍβ˜ËÚÂ Â„Ó Ë ‚˚ÁÓ‚ËÚ ͂‡ÎËÙˈËÓ‚‡ÌÌÓ„Ó Ï‡ÒÚ‡ ‰Îfl ÔÓ‚ÂÍË, Ô‰ ‰‡Î¸ÌÂȯËÏ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ. • ìÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó Ì ÓÚÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌÓ ÓÚ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ ÔÂÂÏÂÌÌÓ„Ó Ì‡ÔflÊÂÌËfl, ÂÒÎË ‚ËÎ͇ ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ‚ ÓÁÂÚÍÂ, ‰‡Ê ‚ ÚÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â, ÂÒÎË ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌÓ. • ÇÒ„‰‡ ‚˚‰Â„Ë‚‡ÈÚ ‚ËÎÍÛ ËÁ ÓÁÂÚÍË, ÂÒÎË ‚˚ Ì ÒӷˇÂÚÂÒ¸ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ‚ Ú˜ÂÌË ‰ÎËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó ÔÂËÓ‰‡ ‚ÂÏÂÌË. óÚÓ·˚ ÓÚÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ¸ ¯ÌÛ, ‚Ò„‰‡ ÓÚÒÓ‰ËÌflÈÚÂ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‚ËÎÍË, Ë ÌË ‚ ÍÓÂÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ·ÂÁ ÌÂÂ. ìÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ • çÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ Ó·ÂÒÔ˜ËÚ¸ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘Û˛ ˆËÍÛÎflˆË˛ ‚ÓÁ‰Ûı‡ ‰Îfl Ô‰ÓÚ‚‡˘ÂÌËfl ‚ÌÛÚÂÌÌÂ„Ó Ô„‚‡. • ç ̇‰Ó ÒÚÂÎËÚ¸ ÔÓ‰ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ÓÏ ÔΉ˚, Ó‰Âfl· ËÎË Ï‡ÚÂËË (¯ÚÓ˚, Ú͇ÌË), ÍÓÚÓ˚ ÏÓ„ÛÚ Á‡Í˚Ú¸ ‚ÂÌÚËÎflˆËÓÌÌ˚ ÓÚ‚ÂÒÚËfl. • ç ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÈÚ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ‚ÓÁΠÚÂÔÎÓ‚˚ı ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓ‚, Í ÔËÏÂÛ Ú‡ÍËı, Í‡Í ·‡Ú‡Âfl ËÎË ‚ÓÁ‰ÛıÓÔÓ‚Ó‰˚, ËÎË ‚ ÏÂÒÚ‡ı ÔÓÔ‡‰‡ÌËfl ÔflÏÓ„Ó ÒÓÎ̘ÌÓ„Ó Ò‚ÂÚ‡, ˜ÂÁÏÂÌÓ Ô˚θÌ˚ı ÏÂÒÚ‡ı, ‚ ÏÂÒÚ‡ı ‚ÓÁ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl ÏÂı‡Ì˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ‚Ë·‡ˆËË ËÎË Û‰‡ÌÓ„Ó ‚ÓÁ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl. • ç ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÈÚ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó Ì‡ ̇ÍÎÓÌÌÓÈ ÔÓ‚ÂıÌÓÒÚË. éÌÓ ‡ÒÒ˜ËÚ‡ÌÓ Ì‡ ‡·ÓÚÛ ÚÓθÍÓ ‚ „ÓËÁÓÌڇθÌÓÈ ÔÓÁˈËË. • ç ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÈÚ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó Ë ‰ËÒÍË fl‰ÓÏ Ò Ó·ÓÛ‰Ó‚‡ÌËÂÏ Ò ÒËθÌ˚Ï Ï‡„ÌËÚÓÏ. ä Ú‡ÍËÏ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡Ï ÓÚÌÓÒflÚÒfl ÏËÍÓ‚ÓÎÌÓ‚˚ ÔÂ˜Ë Ë ·Óθ¯Ë „ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎË. • ç ÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ÚflÊÂÎ˚ı Ô‰ÏÂÚÓ‚ ̇ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó. • ÖÒÎË ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ÔÂÂÌÓÒËÚÒfl ËÁ ıÓÎÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó ‚ ÚÂÔÎÓ ÏÂÒÚÓ, ‚ÌÛÚË ÌÂ„Ó ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÍÓ̉ÂÌÒËÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ‚·„‡, Ë ˝ÚÓ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÚ‡Ú¸ Ô˘ËÌÓÈ ÔÓ‚ÂʉÂÌËfl ÎËÌÁ. ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ‚Ô‚˚ ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó, ËÎË ÂÒÎË ‚˚ ÔÂÂÏ¢‡ÂÚÂ Â„Ó ËÁ ıÓÎÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó ‚ ÚÂÔÎÓ ÏÂÒÚÓ, ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ÔÓ‰Óʉ‡Ú¸ ÓÍÓÎÓ 30 ÏËÌÛÚ Ô‰ Â„Ó ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ. 2 é· ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ı ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl • òÌÛ ˝ÎÂÍÚÓÔËÚ‡ÌËfl ÏÂÌflÂÚÒfl ÚÓθÍÓ ‚ ÒÔˆˇθÌÓÈ Ï‡ÒÚÂÒÍÓÈ ÔÓ ÂÏÓÌÚÛ. é ÏÂÒÚÓ‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËflı • ìÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÈÚ ÂÒË‚Â ‚ ÏÂÒÚ‡ı Ò ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ÂÈ ‚ÂÌÚËÎflˆËÂÈ ‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ Ô‰ÓÚ‚‡ÚËÚ¸ Ô„‚‡ÌË ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡. • Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ‰ÎËÚÂθÌÓÈ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË, ÍÓÔÛÒ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÚ‡Ú¸ „Ófl˜ËÏ Ì‡ Ó˘ÛÔ¸. ùÚÓ ÌÓχθÌÓ ÒÓÒÚÓflÌË ÔË ‰ÎËÚÂθÌÓÏ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË. íÂÏ Ì ÏÂÌÂÂ, ÔË͇҇ڸÒfl Í ÍÓÔÛÒÛ Ì ÒΉÛÂÚ. ç ÔÓÏ¢‡ÈÚ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ‚ Á‡Í˚ÚÓ ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚Ó, ÔÓÒÍÓθÍÛ ˝ÚÓ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔӂΘ¸ Á‡ ÒÓ·ÓÈ Ô„‚. • ç˘ÂÏ Ì Á‡Í˚‚‡ÈÚ ‚ÂÌÚËÎflˆËÓÌÌ˚ ÓÚ‚ÂÒÚËfl. êÂÒË‚Â ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌ Í ÛÒËÎËÚÂβ ÏÓ˘ÌÓÒÚË. ÖÒÎË ‚ÂÌÚËÎflˆËÓÌÌ˚ ÓÚ‚ÂÒÚËfl ̇ ‚ÂıÌÂÈ ÒÚÓÓÌ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ ·Û‰ÛÚ ˜ÂÏ-ÎË·Ó Á‡Í˚Ú˚, ÚÓ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ÏÓÊÂÚ Ô„ÂÚ¸Òfl Ë ÓÚ͇Á‡Ú¸. • ç ÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ÍËÌÓÚÂ‡Ú Ì‡ Ïfl„ÍÛ˛ ÔÓ‚ÂıÌÓÒÚ¸, ̇ÔËÏ ÔΉ, Ú‡Í Í‡Í ˝ÚÓ ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡·ÎÓÍËÓ‚‡Ú¸ ‚ÂÌÚËÎflˆËÓÌÌ˚ ÓÚ‚ÂÒÚËfl, ‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊÂÌÌ˚ ̇ ÌËÊÌÂÈ ÔÓ‚ÂıÌÓÒÚË ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡. • ç ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÈÚ ÍËÌÓÚÂ‡Ú ‚ÓÁΠÚÂÔÎÓ‚˚ı ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓ‚, Í ÔËÏÂÛ Ú‡ÍËı, Í‡Í ·‡Ú‡Âfl ËÎË ‚ÓÁ‰ÛıÓÔÓ‚Ó‰˚, ËÎË ‚ ÏÂÒÚ‡ı ÔÓÔ‡‰‡ÌËfl ÔflÏÓ„Ó ÒÓÎ̘ÌÓ„Ó Ò‚ÂÚ‡, ˜ÂÁÏÂÌÓ Ô˚θÌ˚ı ÏÂÒÚ‡ı, ‚ ÏÂÒÚ‡ı ÏÂı‡Ì˘ÂÒÍÓ„Ó ‚ÓÁ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl. é· ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË • ÖÒÎË ÍËÌÓÚÂ‡Ú ÔÂÂÌÓÒËÚÒfl ËÁ ıÓÎÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó ‚ ÚÂÔÎÓ ÏÂÒÚÓ, ‚ÌÛÚË ÌÂ„Ó ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÍÓ̉ÂÌÒËÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ‚·„‡, Ë ˝ÚÓ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÚ‡Ú¸ Ô˘ËÌÓÈ ÔÓ‚ÂʉÂÌËfl ÎËÌÁ. ÖÒÎË ˝ÚÓ ÔÓËÁÓȉÂÚ, ÚÓ ÒËÒÚÂχ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÓÚ͇Á‡Ú¸. Ç ˝ÚÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â, ‚˚Ú‡˘ËÚ ‰ËÒÍ Ë ÔÓ‰ÓʉËÚ ÓÍÓÎÓ ÔÓÎÛ˜‡Ò‡ ‰Ó ÚÂı ÔÓ, ÔÓ͇ ‚·„‡ Ì ËÒÔ‡ËÚÒfl. • èË Î˛·ÓÏ ÔÂÂÏ¢ÂÌËË ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚, ‚Ò„‰‡ ‚˚Ú‡ÒÍË‚‡ÈÚ ‰ËÒÍË. ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ˝ÚÓ„Ó Ì ҉·ÂÚÂ, ‰ËÒÍË ÏÓ„ÛÚ Ôӂ‰ËÚ¸Òfl. îËÏÂÌ̇fl ˝ÚËÍÂÚ͇ ̇ÍÎÂÂ̇ ̇ ÍÓÔÛÒ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡. ÇÄÜçéÖ áÄåÖóÄçàÖ Ç ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡ÂÚÒfl ÓÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌ˚ı ‚ˉÂÓËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ ËÎË ÓÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌÓÈ ËÌÙÓχˆËË Ì‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ̇ ÌÂÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌ˚È ÔÓÏÂÊÛÚÓÍ ‚ÂÏÂÌË. ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ÓÒÚ‡‚ÎflÂÚ ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ËÎË ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ‚‡¯Â„Ó ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ̇ ‰ÎËÚÂθÌ˚È ÔÂËÓ‰ ‚ÂÏÂÌË, ÏÓ„ÛÚ ‚ÓÁÌËÍÌÛÚ¸ ÔÓ‚ÂʉÂÌËfl ˝Í‡Ì‡. éÒÓ·ÂÌÌÓ ÔÓ‰‚ÂÊÂÌ˚ ÔÓ‚ÂʉÂÌËflÏ ‚ ˝ÚÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÔÓÂ͈ËÓÌÌ˚ ˝Í‡Ì˚. åÂ˚ Ô‰ÓÒÚÓÓÊÌÓÒÚË (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ) èêàåÖóÄçàü èé ÄÇíéêëäàå èêÄÇÄå: ÇÇÖÑÖçàÖ á‡ÍÓÌ Á‡Ô¢‡ÂÚ ·ÂÁ ‡Á¯ÂÌËfl ÍÓÔËÓ‚‡Ú¸, Ú‡ÌÒÎËÓ‚‡Ú¸, ‰ÂÏÓÌÒÚËÓ‚‡Ú¸, Ô‰‡‚‡Ú¸ ˜ÂÂÁ ͇·Âθ, ÔÛ·Î˘ÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ Ë Ò‰‡‚‡Ú¸ ‚ ‡ÂÌ‰Û Óı‡ÌflÂÏ˚È ‡‚ÚÓÒÍËÏ Ô‡‚ÓÏ Ï‡Ú¡Î. чÌÌÓ ËÁ‰ÂÎË ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡ÂÚ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ Á‡˘ËÚ˚ ÓÚ ÍÓÔËÓ‚‡ÌËfl, ‡Á‡·ÓÚ‡ÌÌÛ˛ Macrovision. ç‡ ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ‰ËÒ͇ı Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì˚ Ò˄̇Î˚ Á‡˘ËÚ˚ ÓÚ ÍÓÔËÓ‚‡ÌËfl. èË Á‡ÔËÒË Ë ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË ÙËθÏÓ‚ Ò ˝ÚËı ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ̇ ‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓÌ ÔÓfl‚Îfl˛ÚÒfl ÔÓÏÂıË. Ç ‰‡ÌÌÓÏ ËÁ‰ÂÎËË ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl ÚÂıÌÓÎÓ„Ëfl Á‡˘ËÚ˚ ‡‚ÚÓÒÍËı Ô‡‚, ÍÓÚÓ‡fl Á‡˘Ë˘Â̇ ÙÓÏÛ·ÏË ËÁÓ·ÂÚÂÌËÈ ÌÂÒÍÓθÍËı Ô‡ÚÂÌÚÓ‚ ëòÄ Ë ‰Û„ËÏË Ô‡‚‡ÏË Ì‡ ËÌÚÂÎÎÂÍÚۇθÌÛ˛ ÒÓ·ÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓÒÚ¸ Macrovision Corporation Ë ‰Û„Ëı Ô‡‚Óӷ·‰‡ÚÂÎÂÈ. àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ÚÂıÌÓÎÓ„ËË Á‡˘ËÚ˚ ‡‚ÚÓÒÍËı Ô‡‚ ‰ÓÎÊÌÓ ·˚Ú¸ ‡Á¯ÂÌÓ Macrovision Corporation, ÓÌÓ Ô‰̇Á̇˜ÂÌÓ ÚÓθÍÓ ‰Îfl ‰Óχ¯ÌÂ„Ó Ë ‰Û„Ó„Ó Ó„‡Ì˘ÂÌÌÓ„Ó ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡, ÂÒÎË ÌÂÚ ËÌÓ„Ó ‡Á¯ÂÌËfl Macrovision Corporation. àÌÊÂÌÂÌ˚È ‡Ì‡ÎËÁ Ë ‰ÂÏÓÌÚ‡Ê Á‡Ô¢ÂÌ. ëËÏ‚ÓÎ˚ ‰Îfl Ó·ÓÁ̇˜ÂÌËfl Û͇Á‡ÌËÈ ì͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ Ì‡ ÓÔ‡ÒÌÓÒÚË, ÍÓÚÓ˚ ÏÓ„ÛÚ ÔË‚ÂÒÚË Í ÔÓ‚ÂʉÂÌ˲ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ ËÎË ‚˚Á‚‡Ú¸ ËÌÓÈ Ï‡Ú¡θÌ˚È Û˘Â·. ì͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ Ì‡ ÒÔˆˇθÌ˚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚË ÔË ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË ‰‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡. ì͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ Ì‡ ÒÓ‚ÂÚ˚ Ë ÔÓ‰Ò͇ÁÍË, ӷ΄˜‡˛˘Ë ‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌË Á‡‰‡˜Ë. 3 ëÓ‰ÂʇÌË ÇÇÖÑÖçàÖ åÂ˚ Ô‰ÓÒÚÓÓÊÌÓÒÚË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 ëÓ‰ÂʇÌË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 è‰ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÏ˚ ‰ËÒÍË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 åÂ˚ Ô‰ÓÒÚÓÓÊÌÓÒÚË. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 èËϘ‡ÌËfl ÔÓ ‰ËÒÍ‡Ï . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ç‡Á̇˜ÂÌË ÒËÏ‚ÓÎÓ‚ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 äÌÓÔÍË Ì‡ Ô‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 à̉Ë͇ÚÓ˚ ÓÍ̇ ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 èÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 ëÓ‰ËÌÂÌËfl Á‡‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇ èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-15 èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ Í ‰Û„ÓÏÛ Ó·ÓÛ‰Ó‚‡Ì˲. . . . . . . . . 12 èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ Í ‡ÌÚÂÌÌ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌË ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚. . . . . . . . . . . 14 ê‡ÒÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ . . 15 Ç˚·Ó Ç˚ıÓ‰Ì˚ı/ÇıÓ‰Ì˚ı ͇̇ÎÓ‚ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 è‰ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËÂÈ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-21 åËÌË„ÎÓÒÒ‡ËÈ ‰Îfl ÂÊËÏÓ‚ ‡Û‰ËÓÔÓÚÓ͇ Ë Ó·˙ÂÏÌÓ„Ó Á‚Û˜‡ÌËfl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÂÊËÏ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 é·˘‡fl ËÌÙÓχˆËfl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌÓÈ ËÌÙÓχˆËË Ì‡ ˝Í‡Ì . 18 燘‡Î¸Ì˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-21 燘‡Î¸Ì˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 üÁ˚Í. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 êÖÜàåõ íÇ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 ç‡ÒÚÓÈ͇ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ . . . . . . . . . . 20 ÑÛ„Ë . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 êÓ‰ËÚÂθÒÍËÈ ÍÓÌÚÓθ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 äÓ‰ ÒÚ‡Ì˚ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 ùÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËfl ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ‰ËÒ͇ÏË DVD Ë Video CD . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-24 ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ DVD Ë Video CD. . . . . . . 22 鷢ˠÙÛÌ͈ËË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 îÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚ÓÁÓ·ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl . . . 22 Ç˚·Ó Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇ TITLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Ç˚·Ó ‡Á‰Â·/ÚÂ͇ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 èÓËÒÍ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 çÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 á‡Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 èÓ‚ÚÓ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 èÓËÒÍ ÔÓ ‚ÂÏÂÌË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 ëÔˆˇθÌ˚ ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚËÍË DVD-‰ËÒÍÓ‚ . . . . . . 24 èÓ‚Â͇ ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÏÓ„Ó ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ DVD: åÂÌ˛ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 ê‡ÍÛÒ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 àÁÏÂÌÂÌË flÁ˚͇ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl . 24 ëÏÂ̇ ‡Û‰ËÓ͇̇· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 ëÛ·ÚËÚ˚ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 4 ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ‡Û‰ËÓ Ë MP3-‰ËÒ͇ÏË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-26 ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‡Û‰ËÓ Ë MP3-‰ËÒÍÓ‚ . . . . . . . . . . 25 èËϘ‡ÌËfl ÔÓ MP3-Ù‡ÈÎ‡Ï . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 è‡ÛÁ‡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Ç˚·Ó ÚÂ͇. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 èÓËÒÍ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 èÓ‚ÚÓ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 ëÏÂ̇ ‡Û‰ËÓ͇̇· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò Ù‡È·ÏË JPEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 èÓÒÏÓÚ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ Ò JPEG-هȷÏË . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Ç˚·Ó هȷ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 çÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 èÓ‚ÓÓÚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 LJ˘ÂÌË ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 èËϘ‡ÌËfl ÔÓ Ù‡ÈÎ‡Ï JPEG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 èÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 èÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‡Û‰ËÓ- Ë MP3-‰ËÒÍÓ‚ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 èÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ . . . . . 28 ç‡ÒÚÓÈ͇ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 ÑÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθ̇fl ËÌÙÓχˆËfl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 ìÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ Ú‡Èχ, Ò‡·‡Ú˚‚‡˛˘Â„Ó ‚ Á‡‰‡ÌÌÓ ‚ÂÏfl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 èÓÒÏÓÚ ‚ÂÏÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl Ë ÓÒÚ‡‚¯Â„ÓÒfl ‚ÂÏÂÌË Ì‡ Ô‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 éÒ‚Â˘ÂÌÌÓÒÚ¸. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 éÚÍβ˜ÂÌË Á‚Û͇ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ‡Á˙Âχ ̇ۯÌËÍÓ‚ . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 ê„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌË „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ‡. . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ‡‰ËÓ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 艂‡ËÚÂθ̇fl ̇ÒÚÓÈ͇ Òڇ̈ËÈ . . . . . . . . . . . 31 èÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌË ‡‰ËÓ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ÔÛθÚÓÏ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl . . . . 32 ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ ÙËÏ˚ Sony. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 ùÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËfl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 ëèêÄÇéóçõâ åÄíÖêàÄã ëÔËÒÓÍ ÍÓ‰Ó‚ flÁ˚ÍÓ‚ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 ëÔËÒÓÍ ÍÓ‰Ó‚ ÒÚ‡Ì . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 èÓËÒÍ Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÂÌË ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ. . . . . . . . . . . 36-37 íÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍË ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚËÍË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 èÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌÓ ÔÓ ÎˈÂÌÁËË ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËË Dolby Laboratories (ÑÓÎ·Ë ã‡·Ó‡ÚÓËÒ). "Dolby", "Pro Logic" Ë ‰‚ÓÈÌÓ "D" fl‚Îfl˛ÚÒfl ÚÓ„Ó‚˚ÏË Ï‡Í‡ÏË ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËË Dolby Laboratories. äÓÌÙˉÂ̈ˇθÌ˚ ÌÂÔÛ·ÎËÍÛÂÏ˚ ‡·ÓÚ˚. Ä‚ÚÓÒÍË ԇ‚‡ ÔË̇‰ÎÂÊ‡Ú ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËË Dolby Laboratories 1992-1997. ÇÒ ԇ‚‡ Á‡˘Ë˘ÂÌ˚. èÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌÓ ÔÓ ÎˈÂÌÁËË ÓÙˈˇθÌÓ Á‡Â„ËÒÚËÓ‚‡ÌÌÓÈ ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËË Digital Theater Systems (ÑˉÊËڇΠë˽ڠëËÒÚÂÏÒ). è‡ÚÂÌÚ˚ ëòÄ ‹5,451,942,5,956,674,5,974,380,5,978,762 Ë ‰Û„Ë ‚˚‰‡ÌÌ˚Â Ë Ì‡ıÓ‰fl˘ËÂÒfl ̇ ‡ÒÒÏÓÚÂÌËË ‚ÒÂÏËÌ˚ ԇÚÂÌÚ˚. "DTS" Ë "DTS Digital Surround" fl‚Îfl˛ÚÒfl ÚÓ„Ó‚˚ÏË Ï‡Í‡ÏË ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËË Digital Theater Systems 1996, 2000. ÇÒ ԇ‚‡ Á‡˘Ë˘ÂÌ˚. è‰ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÓÍ (ÚÓθÍÓ ‰Îfl DVD ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚) éÒÌÓ‚ÌÓÈ ÙËÎ¸Ï ËÎË ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌÓ ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÏÓÂ, ËÎË ÏÛÁ˚͇θÌ˚È ‡Î¸·ÓÏ. ä‡Ê‰ÓÏÛ Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÛ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ÌÓÏ ÒÒ˚ÎÍË, ÍÓÚÓ˚È ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ‚‡Ï ·˚ÒÚÓ Ì‡ÈÚË Â„Ó. ÇˉÂÓ DVD-‰ËÒÍË (‰ËÒÍË 8 ÒÏ /12 ÒÏ) ÇˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË (‰ËÒÍË 8 ÒÏ /12 ÒÏ) ÄÛ‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍË (‰ËÒÍË 8 ÒÏ /12 ÒÏ) äÓÏ ˝ÚÓ„Ó, ‰‡ÌÌÓ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ ‰ËÒÍË DVD-R/-RW, S-‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË Ë ‰ËÒÍË CD-R ËÎË CD-RW, ÒÓ‰Âʇ˘Ë ‡Û‰ËÓÁ‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍË, ‰ËÒÍË MP3, ËÎË Ù‡ÈÎ˚ JPEG. èËϘ‡ÌËfl Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ Ô‡‡ÏÂÚÓ‚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡˛˘Â„Ó ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ ËÎË ÓÚ Ò‡ÏËı ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ CD-R/RW (ËÎË DVD-R/RW), ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ‰ËÒÍË CD-R/RW (ËÎË DVD-R/RW) Ì ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰flÚÒfl ̇ ‰‡ÌÌÓÏ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Â. ÑËÒÍË DVD-RW ‚ ÂÊËÏ ‚ˉÂÓÁ‡ÔËÒË Ì ÏÓ„ÛÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸Òfl ̇ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Â. ç ÔËÍÂÔÎflÈÚ ÌË͇ÍËı flÎ˚ÍÓ‚ Ë Ì‡ÍÎÂÂÍ Ì‡ Ó·Â ÒÚÓÓÌ˚ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ (̇ Îˈ‚ÓÈ ÒÚÓÓÌÂ Ë Ì‡ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÂÏÓÈ ÒÚÓÓÌÂ). ç ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ‰ÂÙÓÏËÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ ‰ËÒÍË (̇ÔËÏÂ, ‚ ‚ˉ Ò‰ˆ‡ ËÎË ‚ÓÒ¸ÏËÛ„ÓθÌ˚Â). éÌË ÏÓ„ÛÚ ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ¸Òfl ‚ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÓÚ͇Á‡ Ó·ÓÛ‰Ó‚‡ÌËfl. ÑËÒÍË, Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ ԇÍÂÚÌ˚Ï ÏÂÚÓ‰ÓÏ Á‡ÔËÒË, Ì ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰flÚÒfl ̇ ‰‡ÌÌÓÏ ËÁ‰ÂÎËË. èËϘ‡ÌËfl ÔÓ DVD Ë ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍ‡Ï çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ÓÔ‡ˆËË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl DVD-‰ËÒÍÓ‚ Ë ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ ̇ÏÂÂÌÌÓ Á‡ÙËÍÒËÓ‚‡Ì˚ ÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÂÎflÏË ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ„Ó Ó·ÂÒÔ˜ÂÌËfl. í‡Í Í‡Í ‰‡ÌÌÓ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ DVD-‰ËÒÍË Ë ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË ‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Ò ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÏ˚Ï ‰ËÒ͇, ‡Á‡·ÓÚ‡ÌÌ˚Ï ÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÂÎÂÏ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ„Ó Ó·ÂÒÔ˜ÂÌËfl, ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ÙÛÌ͈ËË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ ̉ÓÒÚÛÔÌ˚, ËÎË ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‰Ó·‡‚ÎÂÌ˚ ‰Û„Ë ÙÛÌ͈ËË. í‡ÍÊ ËÁÛ˜ËÚ Û͇Á‡ÌËfl, ÔÓÒÚ‡‚ÎflÂÏ˚Â Ò DVD-‰ËÒ͇ÏË Ë ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒ͇ÏË. çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ DVD, ËÁ„ÓÚÓ‚ÎÂÌÌ˚ ‰Îfl ‰ÂÎÓ‚˚ı ˆÂÎÂÈ, ÏÓ„ÛÚ Ì ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸Òfl ̇ ‰‡ÌÌÓÏ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Â. ê„ËÓ̇θÌ˚È ÍÓ‰ DVD-ÂÒ˂‡ Ë DVD-‰ËÒÍÓ‚ чÌÌ˚È DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ‡Á‡·ÓÚ‡Ì Ë ËÁ„ÓÚÓ‚ÎÂÌ ‰Îfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ„Ó Ó·ÂÒÔ˜ÂÌËfl DVD, Á‡ÍÓ‰ËÓ‚‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ‰Îfl „ËÓ̇ “5”. äÓ‰ „ËÓ̇ ÔË‚Ó‰ËÚÒfl ‚ χÍËÓ‚Í ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı DVD-‰ËÒÍÓ‚. éÌ Û͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ÚËÔ DVD-ÂÒ˂‡, ÍÓÚÓ˚È ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ ˝ÚË ‰ËÒÍË. чÌÌÓ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ ÚÓθÍÓ DVD‰ËÒÍË, ̇ ÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÂÒÚ¸ ÓÚÏÂÚÍË “5” ËÎË “‚Ò”. èË ÔÓÔ˚ÚÍ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‰Û„Ëı ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÒÓÓ·˘ÂÌË “èӂ¸Ú ÍÓ‰ „ËÓ̇”. ç‡ ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı DVD-‰ËÒ͇ı Ó·ÓÁ̇˜ÂÌË ÍÓ‰‡ „ËÓ̇ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÓÚÒÛÚÒÚ‚Ó‚‡Ú¸, ÌÂÒÏÓÚfl ̇ ÚÓ, ˜ÚÓ Ëı ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË Á‡Ô¢ÂÌÓ Â„ËÓ̇θÌ˚ÏË Ó„‡Ì˘ÂÌËflÏË, Ë ÔÓ˝ÚÓÏÛ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸Òfl ÓÌË Ì ·Û‰ÛÚ. 5 ê‡Á‰ÂÎ (ÚÓθÍÓ ‰Îfl DVD ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚) ê‡Á‰ÂÎ - ˝ÚÓ Ú‡ÍÓÈ Ù‡„ÏÂÌÚ ÙËθχ ËÎË ÏÛÁ˚͇θÌÓ„Ó ‡Î¸·Óχ, ÍÓÚÓ˚È ÏÂ̸¯Â ˜‡ÒÚË, ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ÂÈ Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÛ. èÓ‰ Ó‰ÌËÏ Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÓÏ ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ Ó‰ËÌ ËÎË ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‡Á‰ÂÎÓ‚. ä‡Ê‰ÓÏÛ ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ÌÓÏ ‡Á‰Â·, ÍÓÚÓ˚È ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ‚‡Ï ̇ÈÚË ÌÛÊÌ˚È ‡Á‰ÂÎ. Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ‰ËÒ͇ ‡Á‰ÂÎ˚ ÏÓ„ÛÚ Ì ӷÓÁ̇˜‡Ú¸Òfl. íÂÍ (‰ÓÓÊ͇) (ÚÓθÍÓ ‰Îfl ‚ˉÂÓ- Ë ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚) ó‡ÒÚ¸ ÙËθχ ËÎË Ù‡„ÏÂÌÚ ÏÛÁ˚ÍË Ì‡ ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍ ËÎË ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍÂ. ä‡Ê‰˚È ÚÂÍ ËÏÂÂÚ ÌÓÏÂ, ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎfl˛˘ËÈ ‚‡Ï ̇ÈÚË ÌÛÊÌ˚È ÚÂÍ. ì͇Á‡ÚÂθ (‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË) óËÒÎÓ ‡Á‰ÂÎÓ‚, ‰ÂÎfl˘Ëı ÚÂÍ ‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ӷ΄˜ËÚ¸ ̇ıÓʉÂÌË ÌÛÊÌÓ„Ó ÏÂÒÚ‡ ̇ ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÂ. Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ‰ËÒ͇, Û͇Á‡ÚÂÎË ÏÓ„ÛÚ Ì Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡Ú¸Òfl. ëˆÂ̇ ç‡ ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÂ Ò ÙÛÌ͈ËflÏË PBC (ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ) ÙËθÏ˚ Ë ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌ˚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl (ÙÓÚÓÒÌËÏÍË) ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂÌ˚ ̇ ÒÂ͈ËË, ÍÓÚÓ˚ ̇Á˚‚‡˛ÚÒfl “ÒˆÂ̇ÏË”. ä‡Ê‰‡fl Ëϲ˘‡flÒfl ÒˆÂ̇ ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡ÂÚÒfl ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ ÒˆÂÌ Ë ËÏÂÂÚ ÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌ˚È ÌÓÏÂ, ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎfl˛˘ËÈ ‚‡Ï ̇ÈÚË ÌÛÊÌÛ˛ ÒˆÂÌÛ. ëˆÂ̇ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÓÒÚÓflÚ¸ ËÁ Ó‰ÌÓ„Ó ËÎË ÌÂÒÍÓθÍËı ÚÂÍÓ‚. î‡ÈÎ ê‡Á‰ÂÎ˚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍÂ, ÒÓ‰Âʇ˘Ë هÈÎ˚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl JPEG. íËÔ˚ ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ëÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ‰‚‡ ÚËÔ‡ ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚: ÇˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË Ò PBC (ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ) (‚ÂÒËfl 2.0) PBC (ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ) ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ‚‡Ï ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸ Ò ÒËÒÚÂÏÓÈ ˜ÂÂÁ ÏÂÌ˛, ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÔÓËÒ͇ Ë ‰Û„Ë ӷ˚˜Ì˚ «ÍÓÏÔ¸˛ÚÂÌ˚» ÓÔ‡ˆËË. äÓÏ ÚÓ„Ó, ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ÙÓÚÓÒÌËÏÍÓ‚ ‚˚ÒÓÍÓ„Ó ‡Á¯ÂÌËfl, ÂÒÎË ÓÌË ËϲÚÒfl ̇ ‰ËÒÍÂ. ÇˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË ·ÂÁ PBC (ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ) (‚ÂÒËfl 1.1) ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ÌËÏË ÓÒÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÎflÂÚÒfl Ú‡Í ÊÂ, Í‡Í Ë Ò ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒ͇ÏË. éÌË ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎfl˛Ú ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ ‚ˉÂÓ Ë Á‚ÛÍ, Ӊ̇ÍÓ ÓÌË Ì ËÏÂ˛Ú ÙÛÌ͈ËÈ ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ PBC. ÇÄÜçéÖ áÄåÖóÄçàÖ: ê‡ÁflÊÂÌÌÛ˛ ·‡Ú‡Â˛ ÏÓÊÌÓ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÔÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ, ËÎË ÏÓÊÌÓ ËÁ·‡‚ËÚ¸Òfl ÓÚ Ì ·ÂÁÓÔ‡ÒÌ˚Ï ÒÔÓÒÓ·ÓÏ ‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Ò ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÏ Á‡ÍÓÌÓ‰‡ÚÂθÒÚ‚ÓÏ. ᇠ·ÓΠÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÓÈ ËÌÙÓχˆËÂÈ, Ó·‡˘‡ÈÚÂÒ¸ Í ‡ÈÓÌÌÓÏÛ Û˜ÂʉÂÌ˲ ÔÓ ÛÌ˘ÚÓÊÂÌ˲ ڂ‰˚ı ÓÚıÓ‰Ó‚. 5 ÇÇÖÑÖçàÖ íÂÏËÌ˚, Ëϲ˘Ë ÓÚÌÓ¯ÂÌËÂ Í ‰ËÒÍ‡Ï ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÏ˚ ‰ËÒÍË è‰ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ) åÂ˚ Ô‰ÓÒÚÓÓÊÌÓÒÚË é·‡˘ÂÌËÂ Ò ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ÓÏ éÚÔ‡‚͇ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ ì‰Ó·ÌÓ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÓË„Ë̇θÌÛ˛ ͇ÚÓÌÌÛ˛ ÍÓÓ·ÍÛ Ë ÓË„Ë̇θÌ˚ ÛÔ‡ÍÓ‚Ó˜Ì˚ χÚ¡Î˚. ÑÎfl Ó·ÂÒÔ˜ÂÌËfl χÍÒËχθÌÓÈ Á‡˘ËÚ˚ Á‡ÌÓ‚Ó ÛÔ‡ÍÛÈÚ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó Ú‡ÍËÏ Ó·‡ÁÓÏ, Í‡Í ÓÌÓ ·˚ÎÓ ÛÔ‡ÍÓ‚‡ÌÓ ËÁ̇˜‡Î¸ÌÓ Ì‡ Á‡‚Ó‰Â-ËÁ„ÓÚÓ‚ËÚÂÎÂ. èË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Í ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ ËÒ͇ÊÂÌ˚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ë Á‚ÛÍ ‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊÂÌÌÓ„Ó fl‰ÓÏ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡, ‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓ̇ ËÎË ‡‰ËÓÔËÂÏÌË͇. Ç ˝ÚÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊËÚ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó Ì‡ ‡ÒÒÚÓflÌËË ÓÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡, ‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓ̇ ËÎË ‡‰ËÓÔËÂÏÌË͇ ËÎË ‚˚Íβ˜ËÚÂ Â„Ó ÔÓÒΠۉ‡ÎÂÌËfl ‰ËÒ͇. óÚÓ·˚ ÒÓı‡ÌËÚ¸ ̇ÛÊÌÛ˛ ÔÓ‚ÂıÌÓÒÚ¸ ˜ËÒÚÓÈ ç ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ fl‰ÓÏ Ò ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ÓÏ ÎÂÚۘˠÊˉÍÓÒÚË, Ú‡ÍËÂ Í‡Í ËÌÒÂÍÚˈˉÌ˚ ‡˝ÓÁÓÎË. ç ‰ÓÔÛÒ͇ÈÚ ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó ÍÓÌÚ‡ÍÚ‡ Ò ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ÓÏ Ô‰ÏÂÚÓ‚ ËÁ ÂÁËÌ˚ ËÎË Ô·ÒÚχÒÒ˚. éÚ ÌËı ÏÓ„ÛÚ ÓÒÚ‡Ú¸Òfl ÒΉ˚ ̇ ÔÓ‚ÂıÌÓÒÚË. é˜ËÒÚ͇ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ ï‡ÌÂÌË ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ èÓÒΠËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl ı‡ÌËÚ ‰ËÒÍË ‚ ÙÛÚÎfl‡ı. ç ÔÓ‰‚„‡ÈÚ ‰ËÒÍ ‚ÓÁ‰ÂÈÒڂ˲ ÔflÏÓ„Ó ÒÓÎ̘ÌÓ„Ó Ò‚ÂÚ‡ Ë ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓ‚ ÚÂÔ·, Ë Ì ÓÒÚ‡‚ÎflÈÚ ‰ËÒÍ ‚ χ¯ËÌÂ, ÒÚÓfl˘ÂÈ ÔÓ‰ ÔflÏ˚ÏË ÒÓÎ̘Ì˚ÏË ÎÛ˜‡ÏË, Ú‡Í Í‡Í ÔË ˝ÚÓÏ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ ÒÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ ۂÂ΢ÂÌË ÚÂÏÔ‡ÚÛ˚ ‚ÌÛÚË Ï‡¯ËÌ˚. é˜ËÒÚ͇ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ éÚÔ˜‡ÚÍË Ô‡Î¸ˆÂ‚ Ë „flÁ¸ ̇ ‰ËÒÍ ÏÓ„ÛÚ ‚˚Á‚‡Ú¸ ÒÌËÊÂÌË ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚‡ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl Ë ËÒ͇ÊÂÌË Á‚Û͇. è‰ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ Ó˜ËÒÚËÚ ‰ËÒÍ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ˜ËÒÚÓÈ Ú͇ÌË. èÓÚˇÈÚ ‰ËÒÍ ÓÚ ˆÂÌÚ‡ Í Í‡flÏ. ç ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÒËθÌ˚ ‡ÒÚ‚ÓËÚÂÎË, Ú‡ÍËÂ Í‡Í ÒÔËÚ, ·ÂÌÁËÌ, ‡Á·‡‚ËÚÂθ, Ëϲ˘ËÂÒfl ‚ ÔÓ‰‡Ê ÏÓ˛˘Ë ‚¢ÂÒÚ‚‡, ‡ Ú‡ÍÊ ‡ÌÚËÒÚ‡Ú˘ÂÒÍË ‡˝ÓÁÓÎË, Ô‰̇Á̇˜ÂÌÌ˚ ‰Îfl ÒÚ‡˚ı ‚ËÌËÎÓ‚˚ı Ô·ÒÚËÌÓÍ. óÚÓ·˚ Ó˜ËÒÚËÚ¸ ÍÓÔÛÒ àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ Ïfl„ÍÛ˛ ÒÛıÛ˛ Ú̸͇. ÖÒÎË ÔÓ‚ÂıÌÓÒÚË ÒËθÌÓ Á‡„flÁÌÂÌ˚, ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ Ïfl„ÍÛ˛ Ú̸͇, ÒÏÓ˜ÂÌÌÛ˛ ‚ Ò··ÓÏ ‡ÒÚ‚Ó ÏÓ˛˘Â„Ó ‚¢ÂÒÚ‚‡. ç ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ‡ÒÚ‚ÓËÚÂÎË, Ú‡ÍËÂ Í‡Í ÒÔËÚ, ·ÂÌÁËÌ ËÎË ‡Á·‡‚ËÚÂθ, Ú‡Í Í‡Í ÓÌË ÏÓ„ÛÚ Ôӂ‰ËÚ¸ ÔÓ‚ÂıÌÓÒÚ¸ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡. чÌÌ˚È ÍËÌÓÚÂ‡Ú ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ ÚÓθÍÓ ÍÛ„Î˚ ‰ËÒÍË. àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÌÂÒڇ̉‡ÚÌ˚ı ËÎË Ì ÍÛ„Î˚ı ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ (̇ÔËÏÂ, ͇ÚÓ˜Ì˚Â, Ò‰ˆÂ‚ˉÌ˚Â, Ë ‚ ÙÓÏ Á‚ÂÁ‰˚ ) ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÚ‡Ú¸ Ô˘ËÌÓÈ ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚË ‚ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Â. óÚÓ·˚ ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ¸ ˜ÂÚÍÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË DVD-ÂÍӉ fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ‚˚ÒÓÍÓÚÂıÌÓÎӄ˘Ì˚Ï ÚÓ˜Ì˚Ï ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ÓÏ. ÖÒÎË ÎËÌÁ‡ ÓÔÚ˘ÂÒÍÓ„Ó Á‚ÛÍÓÒÌËχÚÂÎfl Ë ‰ÂÚ‡ÎË ÔË‚Ó‰‡ ‰ËÒ͇ Á‡„flÁÌÂÌ˚ ËÎË ËÁÌÓ¯ÂÌ˚, ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Ó ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ·Û‰ÂÚ ÌËÁÍËÏ ä‡Ê‰˚ 1000 ˜‡ÒÓ‚ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË ÂÍÓÏẨÛÂÚÒfl ÔÓ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ „ÛÎflÌ˚È ÍÓÌÚÓθ Ë Ó·ÒÎÛÊË‚‡ÌËÂ. (èÂËӉ˘ÌÓÒÚ¸ Á‡‚ËÒËÚ ÓÚ ÛÒÎÓ‚ËÈ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË.) ÑÎfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÓÈ ËÌÙÓχˆËË Ó·‡ÚËÚÂÒ¸ Í ·ÎËʇȯÂÏÛ ‰ËÎÂÛ. ç‡Á̇˜ÂÌË ÒËÏ‚ÓÎÓ‚ ç ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ‰ËÒÍË, ÍÓÚÓ˚ ÔÓϘÂÌ˚ ÍÓÏϘÂÒÍËÏË ÂÍ‚ËÁËÚ‡ÏË, Ú‡ÍËÏË Í‡Í ˝ÚËÍÂÚ͇ ËÎË Ó·Ó‰ÓÍ. ëËÏ‚ÓÎ “ ” ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ‡·ÓÚ˚ ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓfl‚ÎflÚ¸Òfl ‰‡ÌÌ˚È ÒËÏ‚ÓÎ. ùÚÓÚ ÒËÏ‚ÓÎ ÓÁ̇˜‡ÂÚ, ˜ÚÓ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl, ÓÔËÒ‡Ì̇fl ‚ ˝ÚÓÏ ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚Â ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÚÂÎfl, ÓÚÒÛÚÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ Ì‡ Û͇ÁÌÓÏ ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍ DVD. ëËÏ‚ÓÎ˚ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ Ë Û͇Á‡ÌËfl èËϘ‡ÌËfl ÔÓ ‰ËÒÍ‡Ï é·‡˘ÂÌËÂ Ò ‰ËÒ͇ÏË ç ÔË͇҇ÈÚÂÒ¸ Í ‡·Ó˜ÂÈ ÒÚÓÓÌ ‰ËÒ͇. óÚÓ·˚ ̇ ÔÓ‚ÂıÌÓÒÚË Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÎËÒ¸ ÓÚÔ˜‡ÚÍË Ô‡Î¸ˆÂ‚, ·ÂËÚ ‰ËÒÍ Á‡ ͇fl. ç ÔËÍÎÂË‚‡ÈÚ ̇ ‰ËÒÍ ·Ûχ„Û ËÎË ÎÂÌÚÛ. 6 ê‡Á‰ÂÎ, ‚ ̇Á‚‡ÌË ÍÓÚÓÓ„Ó ‚ıÓ‰ËÚ Ó‰ËÌ ËÁ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı ÒËÏ‚ÓÎÓ‚, ÔËÏÂÌËÏ ÚÓθÍÓ Í ‰ËÒ͇Ï, ÍÓÚÓ˚ ӷÓÁ̇˜‡˛ÚÒfl ˝ÚËÏ ÒËÏ‚ÓÎÓÏ. ÇˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË DVD DVD VCD2.0 ÇˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË Ò ÙÛÌ͈ËÂÈ PBC (ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ) VCD1.1 ÇˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË Ò ÙÛÌ͈ËÂÈ PBC (ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ) ÄÛ‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍË CD MP3 ÑËÒÍË MP3 JPEG ÑËÒÍË Ò Ù‡È·ÏË JPEG äÌÓÔÍË Ì‡ Ô‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË @ / 1 à̉Ë͇ÚÓ (Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl) èÂÂÍβ˜‡ÂÚ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ‚ ÒÓÒÚÓflÌËfl ÇÍÎ Ë Ç˚ÍÎ. îÛÌ͈Ëfl ÑÎfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ ÂÒ˂‡ (‡‰ËÓ FM, ‡‰ËÓ AM, ‚ˉÂÓ, ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ËÎË CD/DVD-‰ËÒÍË). ãÓÚÓÍ ‰Îfl ‰ËÒ͇ ÑËÒÍ ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎflÂÚÒfl Á‰ÂÒ¸. ÇÇÖÑÖçàÖ à̉Ë͇ÚÓ (Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÓÊˉ‡ÌËfl) ë‚ÂÚËÚÒfl ͇ÒÌ˚Ï, ÍÓ„‰‡ ÂÒ˂ ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÓÊˉ‡ÌËfl (‚˚ÍÎ). ê„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌË „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ "+" ‰Îfl Û‚Â΢ÂÌËfl „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË Ë "-" ‰Îfl ÛÏÂ̸¯ÂÌËfl. éíäêõíú/áÄäêõíú ( ) éÚÍ˚Ú¸ ËÎË Á‡Í˚Ú¸ ÎÓÚÓÍ ‰Îfl ‰ËÒ͇. éÍÌÓ ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl - PRESET + - VOLUME + FUNCTION STANDBY PHONES IR ÇéëèêéàáÇÖÑÖçàÖ (H) ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‰ËÒ͇. X) èÄìáÄ (X ÇÂÏÂÌ̇fl ÔËÓÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ËÎË Á‡ÔËÒË. ÑÎfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÂÊËχ Ô‡ÛÁ˚ ̇ÊÏËÚ ¢ ‡Á. x) ëíéè (x éÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ËÎË Á‡ÔËÒË. S) é·‡ÚÌ˚È ¯‡„ (S DVD: èÂÂıÓ‰ËÚ Í Ì‡˜‡ÎÛ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ‡Á‰Â·/ÚÂ͇ ËÎË Í Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ/ÚÂÍÛ. Radio: Ç˚·Ë‡ÂÚ Á‡‰‡ÌÌÛ˛ ‚‡ÏË ‡‰ËÓÒÚ‡ÌˆË˛. T) ò‡„ ‚Ô‰ (T DVD: èÂÂıÓ‰ËÚ Í ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÏÛ ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ/ÚÂÍÛ. Radio: Ç˚·Ë‡ÂÚ Á‡‰‡ÌÌÛ˛ ‚‡ÏË ‡‰ËÓÒÚ‡ÌˆË˛. чژËÍ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ç‡Ô‡‚ÎflÈÚ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl DVD-ÂÒ˂‡ Ò˛‰‡. àÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍË Á‚Û͇ óÚÓ·˚ ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ¸ ̇ۯÌËÍË 7 à̉Ë͇ÚÓ˚ ÓÍ̇ ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl à̉Ë͇ÚÓ˚ ÂÊËχ ÔÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ëÚ‡ÚÛÒ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl à̉Ë͇ÚÓ˚ ÂÊËχ ‡‰ËÓ à̉Ë͇ÚÓ˚ ÒÚÂÂÓÂÊËχ ÇÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌ ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍ ÇÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌ MP3-‰ËÒÍ á‡„Ó‡ÂÚÒfl, ÍÓ„‰‡ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ DSGX ON ì͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ÚÂÍÛ˘ËÈ ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚È ÙÓÏ‡Ú FM AM ST CD MONO TUNED PBC MP3 DSGX D D D PL II SLEEP D ALBM REP 1 TITLE CHAP TRK D DISC ì͇Á‡ÌÌ˚È Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÙÓÏ‡Ú - DOLBY PROLOGIC II. ì͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ÚÂÍÛ˘ËÈ ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚È ÙÓχÚ. éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ڇÈχ, ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÌÓ„Ó Ì‡ ÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌÓ ‚ÂÏfl ÇÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌ ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍ (VCD 2.0) ᇄӇÂÚÒfl, ÍÓ„‰‡ DVD-ÂÒ˂ ̇Òڇ˂‡ÂÚÒfl ̇ ͇ÍÛ˛-ÌË·Û‰¸ ‡‰ËÓÒÚ‡ÌˆË˛. 鷢 ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl/ àÒÚÂͯ ‚ÂÏfl/ ó‡ÒÚÓÚ‡ ÔÓ‚ÚÓÂÌËfl/ ÇÂÏfl ÓÊˉ‡ÌËfl/ íÂÍÛ˘ËÈ ÒÚ‡ÚÛÒ/ çÓÏ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇/ èÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚È ÂÊËÏ/ á‚ÛÍÓ‚˚Â, ̇ÔËÏÂ, Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ˚. ì͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ÚÂÍÛ˘ËÈ ‡Á‰ÂÎ ËÎË ÌÓÏ ÚÂ͇ ì͇Á‡ÌË Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇ 8 èÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÑˇԇÁÓÌ/Ú˛Ì‡ Ç˚·Ë‡ÂÚ Ú˛Ì ‚ ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Â ‚˚·Ó‡ ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl (ÂÊËÏ˚ ìäÇ) äÌÓÔ͇ Muting çÂωÎÂÌÌÓ ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌË ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ DVD-ÂÒ˂‡. åÂÌ˛ Ú˛Ì‡ á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÂÚ ˜‡ÒÚÓÚÛ ‡‰ËÓÒڇ̈ËË ‚ Ú˛ÌÂ. ç‡ÊËχÂÚÒfl ‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ Ó˜ËÒÚËÚ¸ Á‡‰‡ÌÌ˚ Òڇ̈ËË ËÁ Ô‡ÏflÚË Ú˛Ì‡. èÓ„‡Ïχ Ç˚Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ÂÊËÏ Â‰‡ÍÚËÓ‚‡ÌËfl ÚÂÏ·Ó‚ ËÎË Á‡Í˚‚‡ÂÚ Â„Ó. èÓ‚ÚÓ èÓ‚ÚÓ ‡Á‰Â·, ÚÂ͇, Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇, ‚Ò„Ó. êÂÊËÏ FM èÂÂÍβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl ÏÂÊ‰Û ÂÊËχÏË åÓÌÓ Ë ëÚÂÂÓ äÌÓÔ͇ TV ëÎÛÊËÚ ‰Îfl ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ Ò ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. ÄìÑàé Ç˚·Ó flÁ˚͇ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl (DVD) ËÎË ‡Û‰ËÓ͇̇· (ÍÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ-‰ËÒÍ). êÄäìêë Ç˚·Ó ‡ÍÛÒ‡ ͇ÏÂ˚ DVD, ÂÒÎË ˝Ú‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇. ëìÅíàíêõ Ç˚·Ó flÁ˚͇ ÒÛ·ÚËÚÓ‚. è‰˚‰Û˘ËÈ/ᇇÌ Á‡‰‡ÌÌ˚È èÂÂıÓ‰ Í Ì‡˜‡ÎÛ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ‡Á‰Â· ËÎË ÔÂÂıÓ‰ Í Ô‰˚‰Û˘ËÏ ‡Á‰ÂÎ‡Ï ËÎË ÚÂ͇Ï. Ç˚·Ó ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ í˛Ì‡. ëÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÈ/ᇇÌ Á‡‰‡ÌÌ˚È èÂÂıÓ‰ Í ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÏÛ ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ ËÎË ÚÂÍÛ. Ç˚·Ó ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ Ú˛Ì‡. åÂÌ˛ ÇÂıÌÂÈ ˜‡ÒÚË DVD éÚÓ·‡Ê‡ÂÚ ÏÂÌ˛ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇ ‰ËÒ͇, ÂÒÎË ˝Ú‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇. B/b/V/v (‚΂Ó/‚Ô‡‚Ó/‚‚Âı/‚ÌËÁ) Ç˚·Ó ÓÔˆËÈ ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ ÇÓÈÚË èÓ‰Ú‚ÂʉÂÌË ‚˚·Ó‡ ÏÂÌ˛ DVD ÑËÒÔÎÂÈ éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÙÛÌ͈ËÈ, ‚˚ÔÓÎÌflÂÏ˚ı DVD. ìÓ‚Â̸ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ +/– ê„ÛÎËÛÂÚ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚ¸ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡. TV CH +/– Ç˚·Ó ÚÂ΂ËÁËÓÌÌÓ„Ó Í‡Ì‡Î‡. ç‡ÒÚÓÈ͇ DVD èÓ͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ËÎË ÒÍ˚‚‡ÂÚ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË DVD. SONY TV DIRECT Ç˚·Ë‡ÂÚ ‚˚ıÓ‰ÌÓÈ Í‡Ì‡Î‡ ÌÂÔÓÒ‰ÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ ‰Îfl DVD. TV @ / 1 ÇÍβ˜‡ÂÚ (ON) Ë ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÂÚ (OFF) ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ. @/1 ÇÍβ˜‡ÂÚ (ON) Ë ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÂÚ (OFF) DVD-ÂÒË‚Â. AUTO FORMAT DIRECT Ç˚·Ë‡ÂÚ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÂÊËÏ ËÁ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı ÂÊËÏÓ‚: A.F.D, AUTO, PRO LOGIC, PLII MOVIE Ë PLII MUSIC MODE Ç˚·Ë‡ÂÚ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÂÊËÏ ËÁ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı ÂÊËÏÓ‚: FLAT, ROCK, POP, JAZZ, CLASSIC Ë NEWS FUNCTION Ç˚·Ó ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ÂÒË‚ÂÓÏ (FM, AM, VIDEO, TV ËÎË CD/DVD) Z éÚÍ˚‚‡ÂÚ Ë Á‡Í˚‚‡ÂÚ ÎÓÚÓÍ ‰Îfl ‰ËÒÍÓ‚. DSGX ÇÍβ˜‡ÂÚ Ë ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÂÚ DSGX. äÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË 0-9 Ç˚·Ó ÌÛÏÂÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ı ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ ÏÂÌ˛. >10/ TV ENTER àÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl ‰Îfl ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ. SLOW t/ TUNINGèÓËÒÍ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ËÎË Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ̇Á‡‰. ÑÎfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË Ì‡ Û͇Á‡ÌÌÓ ÏÂÒÚÓ. SLOW T/TUNING+ èÓËÒÍ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ËÎË Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‚Ô‰. ÑÎfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË Ì‡ Û͇Á‡ÌÌÓ ÏÂÒÚÓ. ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl • H (PLAY) 燘Ë̇ÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ. • X (PAUSE) è‡ÛÁ‡ ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ËÎË ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË. • x (STOP) éÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. åÂÌ˛ DVD Ç˚‚Ó‰ËÚ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ DVD-‰ËÒÍÂ. ÑËÒÔÎÂÈ éÚÓ·‡Ê‡ÂÚ ÓÒÚ‡‚¯ÂÂÒfl ‚ÂÏfl ÏÂÊ‰Û ‡Á‰ÂÎÓÏ Ë Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÓÏ. ê͇ۘ (+/-) ê„ÛÎËÛÂÚ Á‚ÛÍ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚. CLEAR 쉇ÎflÂÚ ÌÓÏ ÚÂ͇ ËÁ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ„Ó ÏÂÌ˛. ÇÓÁ‚‡Ú ÇÓÁ‚‡˘‡ÂÚ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ. üÍÓÒÚ¸ àÁÏÂÌflÂÚ flÍÓÒÚ¸ ˝Í‡Ì‡. TV/VIDEO Ç˚·Ó ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ Ò˄̇· ‰Îfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡. 9 ÇÇÖÑÖçàÖ äÌÓÔ͇ Sleep ìÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÓÊˉ‡ÌËfl. ëÓ‰ËÌÂÌËfl Á‡‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË òÌÛ ˝ÎÂÍÚÓÔËÚ‡ÌËfl òÚÂÔÒÂθ̇fl ‚ËÎ͇ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl Í ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÛ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl. Ö‚Ó AV Ç˚ıÓ‰ (‰Îfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡) óÂÂÁ ˝ÚÓÚ ‚˚ıÓ‰ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ. Ç˚ıÓ‰ ‰Îfl ÏÓÌËÚÓ‡ (ÇˉÂÓ) óÂÂÁ ˝ÚÓÚ ‚˚ıÓ‰ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ. ÇˉÂÓ‚ıÓ‰ (ÄÛ‰ËÓ‚ıÓ‰ ΂˚È/Ô‡‚˚È) èÓ‰Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl Í ‡Û‰ËÓ - ‚ˉÂÓ‚˚ıÓ‰Û ‚̯ÌÂ„Ó ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ (‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓ̇, LDÔÓË„˚‚‡ÚÂÎfl). ‡Á˙ÂÏ˚ ‡ÏÓ˜ÌÓÈ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌ˚ AM ê‡ÏӘ̇fl ‡ÌÚÂÌ̇ AM ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌflÂÚÒfl Í ˝ÚÓÏÛ ‡Á˙ÂÏÛ. ‡Á˙ÂÏ˚ ‡ÏÓ˜ÌÓÈ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌ˚ FM ê‡ÏӘ̇fl ‡ÌÚÂÌ̇ FM ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌflÂÚÒfl Í ˝ÚÓÏÛ ‡Á˙ÂÏÛ. ê‡Á˙ÂÏ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚) òÂÒÚ¸ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚, ÒÓÒÚ‡‚Îfl˛˘Ëı ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÛ˛ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ, ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌfl˛ÚÒfl Í ˝ÚËÏ ‡Á˙ÂχÏ. ç ÔË͇҇ÈÚÂÒ¸ Í ‚ÌÛÚÂÌÌËÏ ÍÓÌÚ‡ÍÚ‡Ï ‡Á˙ÂÏÓ‚, ‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊÂÌÌ˚ı ̇ Á‡‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË. åÓÊÂÚ ‚ÓÁÌËÍÌÛÚ¸ ˝ÎÂÍÚÓÒÚ‡Ú˘ÂÒÍËÈ ‡Áfl‰, ÍÓÚÓ˚È ‚˚ÁÓ‚ÂÚ Ò¸ÂÁÌ˚ ÔÓ‚ÂʉÂÌËfl ‚ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Â. ꇷӘËÈ ‰Ë‡Ô‡ÁÓÌ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ç‡Ô‡‚¸Ú ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ̇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌ˚È ‰‡Ú˜ËÍ Ë Ì‡ÊËχÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË. ÑËÒڇ̈Ëfl: éÍÓÎÓ 6 Ï (20 ÙÛÚ‡) ÓÚ Ô‰ÌÂÈ ˜‡ÒÚË ÚÂΉ‡Ú˜Ë͇ êÄäìêë: éÍÓÎÓ 30 „‡‰ÛÒÓ‚ ‚ β·ÓÏ Ì‡Ô‡‚ÎÂÌËË ÓÚ Ô‰ÌÂÈ ÒÚÓÓÌ˚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ‰‡Ú˜Ë͇. ìÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ·‡Ú‡ÂÈ ‚ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ëÌËÏËÚ Í˚¯ÍÛ ·‡Ú‡ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ÓÚÒÂ͇ ̇ Á‡‰ÌÂÈ ˜‡ÒÚË ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. and ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ‰‚ ·‡Ú‡ÂË R6 (‡ÁÏ AAA), Òӷ≇fl ÔÓÎflÌÓÒÚ¸ Ë àÒÔÓθÁÛfl ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl, ̇ԇ‚¸ÚÂ Â„Ó Ì‡ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌ˚È ‰‡Ú˜ËÍ̇ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Â. ç ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÈÚ ÒÓ‚ÏÂÒÚÌÓ ÒÚ‡˚Â Ë ÌÓ‚˚ ·‡Ú‡ÂË 10 èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌË èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ Ç˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ ӉÌÓ ËÁ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÈ, ‚ Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚÂÈ ‚‡¯Â„Ó Ó·ÓÛ‰Ó‚‡ÌËfl. èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇ ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚ Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ‚‡¯Â„Ó ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ Ë ‰Û„Ó„Ó Ó·ÓÛ‰Ó‚‡ÌËfl, ÍÓÚÓÓ ‚˚ Á‡ıÓÚËÚ ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ¸ ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌÓ, ÒÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ÔÛÚÂÈ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl DVD-ÂÒ˂‡. àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ӉÌÓ ËÁ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÈ, ÓÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ı ÌËÊÂ. ëÏ. ‚ ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚‡ı Í ‚‡¯ËÏ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ, ‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓÌÛ ËÎË ‰Û„ËÏ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡Ï Ó ÒÔÓÒÓ·‡ı ÓÔÚËχθÌÓ„Ó ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl. – ì·Â‰ËÚÂÒ¸ ‚ ÚÓÏ, ˜ÚÓ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌ ÌÂÔÓÒ‰ÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ. 臂ËθÌÓ ‚˚·ÂËÚ AV-‚ıÓ‰ ̇ ‚‡¯ÂÏ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÂ. – ç ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌflÈÚ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ ˜ÂÂÁ ‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓÌ. àÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ò DVD ·Û‰ÂÚ ËÒ͇ʇڸÒfl ËÁ-Á‡ ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ Ò‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ Á‡˘ËÚ‡ ÓÚ ÌÂÒ‡Ì͈ËÓÌËÓ‚‡ÌÌÓÈ Á‡ÔËÒË. ᇉÌflfl Ô‡ÌÂθ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ SCART INPUT VIDEO INPUT AUDIO INPUT R S-VIDEO INPUT L ÇˉÂÓÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÔË·„‡˛˘Â„ÓÒfl ‚ˉÂÓ͇·ÂÎfl (V) ÒÓ‰ËÌfl˛ÚÒfl ‡Á˙ÂÏ MONITOR OUT (‚˚ıÓ‰ ‰Îfl ÏÓÌËÚÓ‡) ̇ DVD-ÂÒË‚ÂÂ Ë ‚ˉÂÓ‡Á˙ÂÏ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡. èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌË (SCART) V S (‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ Ì ‚ıÓ‰ËÚ) (not supplied) (‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ Ì ‚ıÓ‰ËÚ) (not supplied) ëÓ‰ËÌËÚ EURO AV OUTPUT (ÖÇêé AV ÇõïéÑ ‰Îfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡) ̇ DVD-ÂÒË‚ÂÂ Ò ‡Á˙ÂÏÓÏ SCART IN ̇ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÂ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ͇·ÂÎfl scart (S). á‡Ï˜‡ÌË äÓ„‰‡ ‚˚ ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌflÂÚ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ, Ô‰ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂÏ Û·Â‰ËÚÂÒ¸ ‚ ÚÓÏ, ˜ÚÓ Ó·‡ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌ˚, ‡ Ú‡ÍÊ ‚˚‰ÂÌÛÚ˚ ‚ËÎÍË ËÁ ÓÁÂÚÍË. è‡ÌÂθ DVD-ÂÒ˂‡ 11 èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌË (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ) èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ Í ‰Û„ÓÏÛ Ó·ÓÛ‰Ó‚‡Ì˲ (‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ Ì ‚ıÓ‰ËÚ) èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌË ëÓ‚ÂÚ èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ ‡Á˙ÂÏ ÇˉÂÓ (AUDIO ÄÛ‰ËÓ L/R ã‚˚È/臂˚È) ̇ DVD-ÂÒË‚ÂÂ Ë ‡Á˙ÂÏ ÄÛ‰ËÓ Ç˚ıÓ‰ (ã‚˚È/臂˚È) ̇ ‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓÌÂ, ̇ÔËÏÂ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‡Û‰ËÓ͇·ÂÎfl. ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ FUNCTION ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ‚ıÓ‰˚ ‰Îfl ˝ÚËı ‡Á˙ÂÏÓ‚. ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl VIDEO. 12 èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌË èÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ ÔË·„‡˛˘ËÂÒfl ‡ÌÚÂÌÌ˚ FM/AM ‰Îfl ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl ‡‰ËÓ. èÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ ‡ÏÓ˜ÌÛ˛ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌÛ AM Í ‡Á˙ÂÏÛ AM LOOP. èÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ ÍÓ‡ÍÒˇθÌ˚È Í‡·Âθ ̇ 75 éÏ Í ‡Á˙ÂÏÛ FM-‡ÌÚÂÌÌ˚. äÓ„‰‡ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌflÚ¸ ‡ÏÓ˜ÌÛ˛ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌÛ AM, ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ ˜ÂÌ˚È ¯ÌÛ (Ç) Í ‡Á˙ÂÏÛ Í ‰Û„ËÏ ‡Á˙ÂχÏ. ‡ ·ÂÎ˚È ¯ÌÛ (Ä) ê‡ÏӘ̇fl ‡ÌÚÂÌ̇ AM (ÔË·„‡ÂÚÒfl) ÄÌÚÂÌ̇ FM (ÔË·„‡ÂÚÒfl) á‡Ï˜‡ÌËfl ÑÎfl Ô‰ÓÚ‚‡˘ÂÌËfl ÔÓÏÂı, ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÈÚ ‡ÏÓ˜ÌÛ˛ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌÛ AM ÔÓ‰‡Î¸¯Â ÓÚ DVD-ÂÒ˂‡ Ë ‰Û„Ëı ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÓ‚. ì·Â‰ËÚÂÒ¸ ‚ ÚÓÏ, ˜ÚÓ FM-‡ÌÚÂÌ̇ ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ‡Á‚ÂÌÛÚ‡. èÓÒΠÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl FM-‡ÌÚÂÌÌ˚, ÔÓ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚË Ó·ÂÒÔ˜¸Ú ÂÈ „ÓËÁÓÌڇθÌÓ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ. ëÓ‚ÂÚ ÖÒÎË ÔËÂÏ FM-˜‡ÒÚÓÚ ÌÂÛ‰Ó‚ÎÂÚ‚ÓËÚÂÎÂÌ, ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÓ‡ÍÒˇθÌ˚È Í‡·Âθ ̇ 75 éÏ (Ì ‚ıÓ‰ËÚ ‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ) ‰Îfl ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Í Ì‡ÛÊÌÓÈ FM-‡ÌÚÂÌÌÂ, Í‡Í ÔÓ͇Á‡ÌÓ ÌËÊÂ. 13 èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇ èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ Í ‡ÌÚÂÌÌ èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌË (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ) èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌË ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÒÔˆˇθÌ˚ı ÔË·„‡˛˘ËıÒfl ¯ÌÛÓ‚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚. ÑÎfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl ̇ËÎÛ˜¯Â„Ó ËÁ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌ˚ı ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚ı Á‚Û˜‡ÌËÈ, ̇ÒÚÓÈÚ ԇ‡ÏÂÚ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ (Á‚ÛÍ, ‡ÒÒÚÓflÌËÂ, ̇ÔËÏÂ). îÓÌڇθÌ˚È ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ (΂˚È) îÓÌڇθÌ˚È ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ (Ô‡‚˚È) 뇷‚ÛÙ ñÂÌڇθÌ˚È ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ í˚ÎÓ‚ÓÈ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ (΂˚È) í˚ÎÓ‚ÓÈ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ (Ô‡‚˚È) á‡Ï˜‡ÌËfl ì·Â‰ËÚÂÒ¸ ‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Á̇ÍÓ‚ ÔÓÎflÌÓÒÚË + Ë - ̇ ¯ÌÛ‡ı ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Ë Ì‡ ‡Á˙Âχı ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÓ‚: ÔÎ˛Ò Í ÔβÒÛ, ÏËÌÛÒ Í ÏËÌÛÒÛ. ÖÒÎË ÔÂÂÔÛÚ‡Ú¸ ͇·ÂÎË, Á‚ÛÍ ·Û‰ÂÚ ËÒ͇ÊÂÌ, ‡ Â„Ó ·‡Á‡ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÌÂÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌÓÈ. ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚ ÙÓÌڇθÌ˚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Ò Ì‡ËÏÂ̸¯ÂÈ ËÁ χÍÒËχθÌÓÈ ‚ıÓ‰ÌÓÈ ÏÓ˘ÌÓÒÚ¸˛, ·Û‰¸Ú ÓÒÚÓÓÊÌ˚ Ò Â„ÛÎËÓ‚ÍÓÈ Á‚Û͇ ‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ËÁ·Âʇڸ ˜ÂÁÏÂÌÓÈ ÔÓ‰‡˜Ë ÏÓ˘ÌÓÒÚË Ì‡ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚. ç ÒÌËχÈÚ Ô‰ÌË ˜‡ÒÚË ÍÓÔÛÒ‡ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍËı ÒËÒÚÂÏ, ‚ıÓ‰fl˘Ëı ‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ. èÓ‰ÒÚ‡‚ÍË ‰Îfl ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ÏÓÊÌÓ Ì ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸. îÂËÚÓ‚˚È Ò‰˜ÌËÍ é·flÁ‡ÚÂθÌÓ ÔËÒÓ‰ËÌflÈÚ ÙÂËÚÓ‚˚È Ò‰˜ÌËÍ Í Í‡·ÂÎflÏ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍËı ÒËÒÚÂÏ (ÔË ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËË Í ‰‡ÌÌÓÏÛ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Û). чÌÌ˚È ÙÂËÚÓ‚˚È Ò‰˜ÌËÍ ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ÛÏÂ̸¯ËÚ¸ ÔÓÏÂıË. 1 èËÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌË ÙÂËÚÓ‚Ó„Ó Ò‰˜ÌË͇ 1 2 3 4 óÚÓ·˚ ÓÚÍ˚Ú¸ ÙÂËÚÓ‚˚È Ò‰˜ÌËÍ, ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÒÚÓÔÓ [a]. ë‰Â·ÈÚ ӉËÌ Ó·ÓÓÚ Í‡·ÂÎfl Ò‡·‚ÛÙ‡ ˜ÂÂÁ ÙÂËÚÓ‚˚È Ò‰˜ÌËÍ. ë‰Â·ÈÚ ӉËÌ Ó·ÓÓÚ Í‡·ÂÎfl ˆÂÌڇθÌÓÈ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ˜ÂÂÁ ÙÂËÚÓ‚˚È Ò‰˜ÌËÍ. èӘˠ͇·ÂÎË ÒΉÛÂÚ ÔÓÔÛÒÚËÚ¸ ˜ÂÂÁ Ò‰˜ÌËÍ Ì‡ÔflÏÛ˛. á‡ÍÓÈÚ ÙÂËÚÓ‚˚È Ò‰˜ÌËÍ ‰Ó ˘ÂΘ͇. èËϘ‡ÌËfl • • ç ÔÂÂÊËχÈÚ ͇·ÂÎË ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍËı ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÏÂÊ‰Û ÙÂËÚÓ‚˚ÏË Ò‰˜ÌË͇ÏË. èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ ÙÂËÚÓ‚˚È Ò‰˜ÌËÍ ·ÎËÊÂ Í ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ÓÏ (ÒÏÓÚËÚ ËÒ. 3 Ë ÔËϘ‡ÌËfl). 14 a a 2 3 ÑÎË̇ ‰ÓÎÊ̇ ·˚Ú¸ Í‡Í ÏÓÊÌÓ ÏÂ̸¯Â. èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌË (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ) Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÌÓχθÌÓ„Ó ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËfl ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl 6 ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ (2 ÙÓÌڇθÌ˚ı ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ‡, ˆÂÌڇθÌ˚È ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ, 2 Ú˚ÎÓ‚˚ı ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ‡ Ë Ò‡·‚ÛÙÂ) ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ıÓÚËÚ ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ¸ ÓÚ΢ÌÓ ÌËÁÍÓ˜‡ÒÚÓÚÌÓ Á‚Û˜‡ÌËÂ, ˆËÙÓ‚ÓÈ ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚È Á‚ÛÍ DTS ËÎË Á‚ÛÍ Dolby Digital surround, ÒΉÛÂÚ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ¸ Ò‡·‚ÛÙÂ. • îÓÌڇθÌ˚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ̇ ‡‚Ì˚ ‡ÒÒÚÓflÌËfl ÓÚ ÏÂÒÚ‡ ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl. ì„ÓÎ ÓÚ ÏÂÒÚ‡ ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl ‰Ó β·Ó„Ó ËÁ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ‰ÓÎÊÂÌ ÒÓÒÚ‡‚ÎflÚ¸ 45 „‡‰ÛÒÓ‚. • ñÂÌڇθÌ˚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ Ç Ë‰Â‡Î ‚˚ÒÓÚ‡ ˆÂÌڇθÌÓ„Ó Ë ÙÓÌڇθÌ˚ı ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ ÒÓ‚Ô‡‰‡Ú¸. çÓ Ó·˚˜ÌÓ ˆÂÌڇθÌ˚È ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ ‡ÒÔÓ·„‡˛Ú ̇‰ ËÎË ÔÓ‰ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ. • í˚ÎÓ‚˚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍËı ÒËÒÚÂÏ ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Ëڠ΂˚È Ë Ô‡‚˚È ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ÔÓÁ‡‰Ë ӷ·ÒÚË ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl. чÌÌ˚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ‚ÓÒÒÓÁ‰‡˛Ú ÔÂÂÏ¢ÂÌË Á‚Û͇ Ë ‡ÚÏÓÒÙÂÛ, ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÛ˛ ‰Îfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl Ó·˙ÂÏÌÓ„Ó Á‚Û˜‡ÌËfl. ÑÎfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl ÎÛ˜¯Â„Ó ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ‡, ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÈÚ Ú˚ÎÓ‚˚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ Ì ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ ‰‡ÎÂÍÓ ÓÚ Ó·Î‡ÒÚË ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl, ÎÛ˜¯Â ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡Ú¸ Ëı ̇ ÛÓ‚ÌË Û¯ÂÈ ÒÎÛ¯‡ÚÂÎÂÈ ËÎË ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‚˚¯Â. í‡ÍÊ ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ‡ ÏÓÊÌÓ ‰ÓÒÚ˘¸, ÂÒÎË Ì‡Ô‡‚ËÚ¸ Ú˚ÎÓ‚˚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ̇ ÒÚÂÌ˚ ËÎË ÔÓÚÓÎÓÍ ‰Îfl ‰‡Î¸ÌÂÈ¯Â„Ó ‡ÒÒÂË‚‡ÌËfl Á‚Û͇. ÖÒÎË ‡ÁÏÂ˚ ÍÓÏ̇Ú˚ Ì·Óθ¯ËÂ, ‡ ÏÂÒÚÓ ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl Û Á‡‰ÌÂÈ ÒÚÂÌ˚, ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ Ú˚ÎÓ‚˚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ‰Û„ ̇ÔÓÚË‚ ‰Û„‡ Ë Ì‡ ÛÓ‚Â̸, Ô‚˚¯‡˛˘ËÈ ÛÓ‚Â̸ Û¯ÂÈ ÒÎÛ¯‡ÚÂÎfl ̇ 60-90 ÒÏ. • 뇷‚ÛÙÂ Ö„Ó ÏÓÊÌÓ ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡Ú¸ Ô‰ ÒÎÛ¯‡ÚÂÎÂÏ ‚ β·ÓÈ ÔÓÁˈËË. 뇷‚ÛÙ ñÂÌڇθ̇fl Äë îÓÌڇθ̇fl Äë (΂‡fl) îÓÌڇθ̇fl Äë (Ô‡‚‡fl) í˚ÎÓ‚ÓÈ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ (΂˚È) í˚ÎÓ‚ÓÈ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ (Ô‡‚˚È) èËÏ ‡ÒÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ á‡Ï˜‡ÌË èÓ‰ÒÚ‡‚ÍË ‰Îfl ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ÏÓÊÌÓ Ì ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸. èËÍÂÔÎÂÌË ÔӉͷ‰ÓÍ ÇÓ ËÁ·ÂʇÌË ‚Ë·‡ˆËË ËÎË ÒÏ¢ÂÌËfl ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl, ÔËÍÂÔËÚ ÔӉͷ‰ÍË, ‚ıÓ‰fl˘Ë ‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ, Í ÌÓÊÍ‡Ï ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍËı ÒËÒÚÂÏ, ÍÓÏ ÙÓÌڇθÌÓÈ Äë Ë Ò‡·‚ÛÙ‡, Í‡Í ÔÓ͇Á‡ÌÓ Ì‡ ËÒÛÌÍÂ. èӉͷ‰ÍË 15 èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇ ê‡ÒÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Ç˚·Ó Ç˚ıÓ‰Ì˚ı/ÇıÓ‰Ì˚ı ͇̇ÎÓ‚ ëΉÛÈÚ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ ÂÍÓÏẨ‡ˆËflÏ ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ Ë ÔÂÂÍβ˜ÂÌËfl ̇ ‡Á΢Ì˚ ‚˚ıÓ‰Ì˚Â/‚ıÓ‰Ì˚ ͇̇Î˚ DVD/ÇˉÂÓ ÂÒË‚ÂÓ‚. SONY TV DIRECT • CD/DVD ÑÎfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ‚˚ıÓ‰Ì˚ı Ò˄̇ÎÓ‚ DVD: ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ SONY TV DIRECT ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl "CD/DVD" • í˛Ì FM/AM ÑÎfl ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl ‡‰ËÓÔ‰‡˜ ̇ ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ FM/AM: ÑˇԇÁÓÌ Ú˛Ì‡ FUNCTION ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TUNER/BAND (‰Ë‡Ô‡ÁÓÌ Ú˛Ì‡) ‰Îfl ÔÂÂÍβ˜ÂÌËfl ÏÂÊ‰Û AM- Ë FM-‡‰Ëӂ¢‡ÌËÂÏ. Ç˚·‡Ì̇fl ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ‡ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl. • Ç‚Ó‰ ‚˚·‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÑÎfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ‡Û‰ËÓ͇̇Î, ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌflÂÏ˚È Í ‡Á˙ÂÏÛ AUDIO IN - á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ‚ıÓ‰ (ã‚˚È/臂˚È) ̇ ÇˉÂÓ: ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ FUNCTION ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl ÓÚÓ·‡ÁËÚÒfl “VIDEO”. ÄÛ‰ËÓ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÔÓÒÚÛÔ‡Ú¸ ÔÓ ‚̯ÌËÏ Í‡Ì‡Î‡Ï, ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌflÂÏ˚Ï Í ‡Á˙ÂÏ‡Ï AUDIO IN (á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ‚ıÓ‰‡) (ã‚˚È/臂˚È) ̇ ÇˉÂÓ (̇ Á‡‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË). ÑÎfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔÓÒÎÛ¯‡Ú¸ ‡Û‰ËÓ͇̇Î, ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌÌ˚È Í Ö‚Ó AV Ç˚ıÓ‰Û (̇ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÂ): ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ FUNCTION ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‰‚‡ ‡Á‡. ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl ÓÚÓ·‡ÁËÚÒfl "TV". ÄÛ‰ËÓ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÔÓÒÚÛÔ‡Ú¸ ÔÓ ‚̯ÌËÏ Í‡Ì‡Î‡Ï, ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌÌ˚Ï Í ÖÇêé AV ÇõïéÑì (̇ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÂ) (̇ Á‡‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË). 16 è‰ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËÂÈ DTS èÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ÔÓÎÛ˜‡Ú¸ 5.1 (ËÎË 6) ‰ËÒÍÂÚÌ˚ı ͇̇ÎÓ‚ ‚˚ÒÓÍÓ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ„Ó ˆËÙÓ‚Ó„Ó ‡Û‰ËÓ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl Ò ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌ˚ı ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓ‚ DTS Ú‡ÍËı, Í‡Í ‰ËÒÍË, DVD Ë ÍÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ - ‰ËÒÍË. ëËÒÚÂχ DTS Digital Surround ÒÔÓÒӷ̇ Ô‰‡‚‡Ú¸ ‰Ó 6 ͇̇ÎÓ‚ ÔÓÁ‡˜ÌÓ„Ó ‡Û‰ËÓ (˝ÚÓ ÓÁ̇˜‡ÂÚ, ˜ÚÓ Á‚Û˜‡ÌË ˉÂÌÚ˘ÌÓ Ô‚ÓËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÛ) Ë ‰‡ÂÚ ‚ ÂÁÛθڇÚ ËÒÍβ˜ËÚÂθÌÛ˛ ˜‡ÒÚÓÚÛ Á‚Û˜‡ÌËfl ‚ β·ÓÏ Ì‡Ô‡‚ÎÂÌËË ‚ ԉ·ı 360 „‡‰ÛÒÓ‚. DTS fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl Á‡Â„ËÒÚËÓ‚‡ÌÌÓÈ ÚÓ„Ó‚ÓÈ Ï‡ÍÓÈ ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËË Digital Theater Systems, Inc. èÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌÓ ÔÓ ÎˈÂÌÁËË Digital Treater Systems, Inc. DOLBY DIGITAL îÓÏ‡Ú Dolby Digital surround Ó·ÂÒÔ˜˂‡ÂÚ ‰Ó 5.1 ͇̇ÎÓ‚ ˆËÙÓ‚Ó„Ó ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ„Ó Á‚Û˜‡ÌËfl ÔÓÒ‰ÒÚ‚ÓÏ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌ˚ı ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓ‚ Dolby Digital. èË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË DVD-‰ËÒÍÓ‚ Ò ÏÂÚÍÓÈ “ ” , ÏÓÊÌÓ ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ¸ ‰‡Ê ÎÛ˜¯Â ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Ó Á‚Û˜‡ÌËfl, ·Óθ¯Â ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ ‡Á¯ÂÌËÂ Ë ÛÎÛ˜¯ÂÌÌ˚È ‰Ë̇Ï˘ÂÒÍËÈ ‰Ë‡Ô‡ÁÓÌ. DOLBY PRO LOGIC àÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl ‰‡ÌÌ˚È ÂÊËÏ ÔË ÔÓÒÏÓÚ ÍËÌÓÙËθÏÓ‚ ËÎË ‚ ‰‚Ûı͇̇θÌÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ Dolby Digital, ̇ ˜ÚÓ Û͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ÏÂÚ͇ “ .” ùÚÓÚ ÂÊËÏ Ó·ÂÒÔ˜˂‡ÂÚ ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ÍËÌÓÙËθχ ‚ ÍËÌÓÚ‡Ú ËÎË Ì‡ÒÚÓfl˘ÂÏ ÍÓ̈ÂÚÌÓÏ Á‡Î ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ, ËÌÚÂÌÒË‚ÌÓÒÚ¸ ÍÓÚÓÓ„Ó ‰ÓÒÚË„‡ÂÚÒfl ÚÓθÍÓ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ DOLBY PRO LOGIC SURROUND. ùÙÙÂÍÚ ÔÂÂÏ¢ÂÌËfl Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó Ó·‡Á‡ ‚Ô‰/̇Á‡‰/‚΂Ó/‚Ô‡‚Ó, ÍÓÏ ˝ÚÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔËflÚË ÙËÍÒËÓ‚‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËfl ‚ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÏ Ó·‡Á ̇ÏÌÓ„Ó ˜Ë˘Â Ë ·ÓΠ‰Ë̇Ï˘ÌÓ, ˜ÂÏ ‡Ì¸¯Â. DOLBY PRO LOGIC II êÂÊËÏ Dolby Pro Logic II ÒÓÁ‰‡ÂÚ ÔflÚ¸ ‚˚ıÓ‰Ì˚ı ͇̇ÎÓ‚ ÔÓÎÌÓ„Ó ÒÔÂÍÚ‡ ËÁ ‰‚Ûı͇̇θÌ˚ı ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓ‚. ÑÓÒÚË„‡ÂÚÒfl ˝ÚÓ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÛÒӂ¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌÓ„Ó, Ò ‚˚ÒÓÍÓÈ ÒÚÂÔÂ̸˛ ˜ËÒÚÓÚ˚ χÚ˘ÌÓ„Ó ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ„Ó ‰ÂÍӉ‡, ÍÓÚÓ˚È ËÁ‚ÎÂ͇ÂÚ ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚ ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚËÍË ÓË„Ë̇θÌÓÈ Á‡ÔËÒË ·ÂÁ ‰Ó·‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ͇ÍËı-ÎË·Ó ÌÓ‚˚ı Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ ËÎË ÚÓ̇θÌÓÈ Ó͇ÒÍË. êÂÊËÏ ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ÙËθÏÓ‚ PLII (PLII MOVIE): êÂÊËÏ Movie (äËÌÓ) ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl ÔË Ô‰‡˜Â ÒÚÂÂÓÒÍÓÔ˘ÂÒÍÓ„Ó ÚÂ΂ˉÂÌËfl Ë ‚ÒÂı ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ Ò ÍÓ‰ËÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ Dolby Surround. Ç ˝ÚÓÏ ÂÊËÏ ‰ÓÒÚË„‡ÂÚÒfl ڇ͇fl ̇ԇ‚ÎÂÌÌÓÒÚ¸ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÔÓÎfl, ÍÓÚÓ‡fl ‰ÓÒÚË„‡ÂÚ Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚‡ ‰ËÒÍÂÚÌÓ„Ó 5.1 - ͇̇θÌÓ„Ó Á‚Û˜‡ÌËfl. PLII MUSIC mode: êÂÊËÏ Music (åÛÁ˚͇) ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl ‰Îfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl β·˚ı ÏÛÁ˚͇θÌ˚ı ÒÚÂÂÓÁ‡ÔËÒÂÈ. A.F.D. AUTO (ÅÂÁ Ó·‡·ÓÚÍË) чÌÌ˚Â Ò ÏÌÓ„Ó͇̇θÌ˚ÏË ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚ÏË ‡Û‰ËÓÒ˄̇·ÏË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰flÚÒfl ‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Ò ÓË„Ë̇θÌÓÈ Á‡ÔËÒ¸˛ èËϘ‡ÌË ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇ ÚÓθÍÓ ÔË ‡·ÓÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. îÛÌ͈Ëfl A.F.D. AUTO Ì ‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇ ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl ̇ۯÌËÍÓ‚. á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÂÊËÏ Ç˚ ÒÏÓÊÂÚ ̇Ò·‰ËÚ¸Òfl ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚Ï Á‚ÛÍÓÏ, ÔÓÒÚÓ ‚˚·‡‚ Ó‰ËÌ ËÁ Á‡‡Ì Á‡ÔÓ„‡ÏÏËÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ı Á‚ÛÍÓ‚˚ı ÂÊËÏÓ‚ ‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Ò ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÓÈ, ÍÓÚÓÛ˛ ‚˚ ıÓÚËÚ ÔÓÒÎÛ¯‡Ú¸. A) ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ MODE ä‡Ê‰˚È ‡Á ÔË Ì‡Ê‡ÚËË ÍÌÓÔÍË MODE, Á‚ÛÍÓ‚˚ ÂÊËÏ˚ ·Û‰ÛÚ ÏÂÌflÚ¸Òfl ‚ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ Ó˜Â‰ÌÓÒÚË: FLAT → ROCK → POP → JAZZ → CLASSIC → NEWS → FLAT ... ì͇Á‡ÌËfl FLAT: ãËÌÂÈ̇fl ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ̇fl ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚË͇. ROCK: ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ ‡ÍÛÒÚËÍÛ ÓÍ-ÏÛÁ˚ÍË. POP: ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ ‡ÍÛÒÚËÍÛ ÔÓÔ-ÏÛÁ˚ÍË. JAZZ: ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ ‡ÍÛÒÚËÍÛ ÔÓÔ-ÏÛÁ˚ÍË. CLASSIC: ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ ‡ÍÛÒÚËÍÛ ÓÍÂÒÚÓ‚ÓÈ ÏÛÁ˚ÍË NEWS: ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ ‡ÍÛÒÚËÍÛ ÚÂÎÂÌÓ‚ÓÒÚÂÈ. B) ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ AUTO FORMAT DIRECT ä‡Ê‰˚È ‡Á ÔË Ì‡Ê‡ÚËË Ì‡ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ AUTO FORMAT DIRECT, Á‚ÛÍÓ‚˚ ÂÊËÏ˚ ËÁÏÂÌfl˛ÚÒfl ‚ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ Ó˜Â‰ÌÓÒÚË: A.F.D. AUTO → DOLBY PL → PLII MOVIE → PLII MUSIC → A.F.D. AUTO ... (чÌ̇fl ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇ ÚÓθÍÓ ‚ ‰‚Ûı͇̇θÌÓÏ ÂÊËÏÂ) á‡Ï˜‡ÌËfl ç ‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇ ‰Îfl MP3-‰ËÒÍÓ‚. ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇ ÚÓθÍÓ ÔË ‡·ÓÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. êÂÊËÏ Sound (á‚ÛÍ) ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌ, ÂÒÎË ËÒÔÓθÁÛ˛ÚÒfl ̇ۯÌËÍË. äÓ„‰‡ ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌ DVD-‰ËÒÍ. Ç˚ ÒÏÓÊÂÚ ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÂÊËÏ ‰Îfl DVD (Dolby Digital, DTS, PRO LOGIC, Ë Ú.‰.), ̇ʇ‚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ AUDIO ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. ïÓÚfl ÒÓ‰ÂʇÌË ÏÂÌ˛ DVD-‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ‡Á΢Ì˚, ‰‡Î ·Û‰ÛÚ Ô˂‰ÂÌ˚ ÓÒÌÓ‚Ì˚ ÓÔ‡ˆËË ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl Û͇Á‡ÌÌÓÈ ÙÛÌ͈ËË. ä‡Ê‰˚È ‡Á ÔË Ì‡Ê‡ÚËË ÍÌÓÔÍË AUDIO, Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÂÊËÏ DVD‰ËÒ͇ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÏÂÌflÚ¸Òfl ‚ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ Ó˜Â‰ÌÓÒÚË: → → → ç‡ Á‡ÏÂÚÍÛ • DVD-ÂÒË‚Â Á‡ÔÓÏË̇ÂÚ ÔÓÒΉÌË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÂÊËχ ‰Îfl Í‡Ê‰Ó„Ó ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ ÔÓ ÓÚ‰ÂθÌÓÒÚË. • îÓÏ‡Ú ÍÓ‰ËÓ‚‡ÌËfl ÏÓÊÌÓ ÓÔ‰ÂÎËÚ¸ ÔÓ ÓÚÏÂÚÍ‡Ï Ì‡ ÛÔ‡ÍÓ‚ÍÂ. - ÑËÒÍË Ò ÒËÒÚÂÏÓÈ Dolby Digital ËÏÂ˛Ú ˝ÚËÍÂÚÍÛ ÒÓ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ ÎÓ„ÓÚËÔÓÏ. - èÓ„‡ÏÏ˚, Á‡ÍÓ‰ËÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ ËÏÂ˛Ú ˝ÚËÍÂÚÍÛ ÒÓ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ ÎÓ„ÓÚËÔÓÏ. - ÑËÒÍË ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ DTS Digital Surround ÔÓϘÂÌ˚ ·ÛÍ‚‡ÏË . èËϘ‡ÌË á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÂÊËÏ Ì‰ÓÒÚÛÔÂÌ ÔË ‡·ÓÚÂ Ò Ì‡Û¯ÌË͇ÏË. 17 èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇ åËÌË-ÒÔ‡‚Ó˜ÌËÍ ÔÓ ‡Û‰ËÓÔÓÚÓÍÓ‚ÓÏÛ Ë ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓÏÛ ÂÊËχÏ. è‰ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËÂÈ (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ) ÇÂÏÂÌÌ˚ Á̇˜ÍË Ó·‡ÚÌÓÈ Ò‚flÁË é·˘‡fl ËÌÙÓχˆËfl Ç ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËË ‰‡˛ÚÒfl ÓÒÌÓ‚Ì˚ ÔË̈ËÔ˚ ‡·ÓÚ˚ Ò DVDÂÒË‚ÂÓÏ. çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ DVD-‰ËÒÍDVD-‰ËÒÍË ÚÂ·Û˛Ú ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌ˚ı ÙÛÌ͈ËÈ ËÎË Ì ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡˛Ú ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ÓÔ‡ˆËË ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. Ç ˝ÚÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â., ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÒËÏ‚ÓÎ, Û͇Á˚‚‡˛˘ËÈ Ì‡ ÚÓ, ˜ÚÓ ÓÔ‡ˆËfl Ì ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡ÂÚÒfl DVD-ÂÒË‚ÂÓÏ ËÎË Ì ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡ÂÚÒfl ‰ËÒÍÓÏ. TITLE CHAPT TRACK ALL éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌÓÈ ËÌÙÓχˆËË Ì‡ ˝Í‡Ì OFF RESUME ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÏÓÊÌÓ ‚˚‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ Ó·˘Â ÒÓÒÚÓflÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. Ç ÔÓfl‚Îfl˛˘ÂÏÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ ÏÓÊÌÓ ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË. ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ˝Í‡ÌÌ˚Ï ÏÂÌ˛ 1 2 3 èÓ‚ÚÓ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇ èÓ‚ÚÓ ‡Á‰Â· èÓ‚ÚÓ ÚÂ͇ (ÚÓθÍÓ ‰Îfl ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚, ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ MP3, ÍÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ-‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ·ÂÁ ÙÛÌ͈ËÈ PBC) èÓ‚ÚÓ ‚ÒÂı ÚÂÍÓ‚ (ÚÓθÍÓ ‰Îfl ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚, ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ MP3, ÍÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ-‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ·ÂÁ ÙÛÌ͈ËÈ PBC) èÓ‚ÚÓ ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl ÇÓÁÓ·ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ Ò ˝ÚÓÈ ÚÓ˜ÍË ÑÂÈÒÚ‚Ë Á‡Ô¢ÂÌÓ ËÎË Ì‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ èËϘ‡ÌËfl ÑÎfl ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ Ì ‡ÎËÁÓ‚‡Ì˚ ‚Ò ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚË ÓÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌÓÈ ËÌÙÓχˆËË Ì‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡, ‡ÒÒÏÓÚÂÌÌ˚ ÌËÊÂ. ÖÒÎË ‚ Ú˜ÂÌË 10 ÒÂÍÛ̉ ÍÌÓÔÍË Ì ̇ÊËχ˛ÚÒfl, ËÌÙÓχˆËfl Ò ˝Í‡Ì‡ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ËÒ˜ÂÁ‡ÂÚ. ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DVD DISPLAY ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. ÑÎfl V/v ‚˚·Ó‡ ÔÛÌÍÚ‡, ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍË . Ç˚·‡ÌÌ˚È ÔÛÌÍÚ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÔӉ҂˜˂‡Ú¸Òfl. ÑÎfl B/b ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÓÍ ÔÛÌÍÚ‡, ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍË . ÑÎfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÔÓÌÛÏÂÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ı ÔÛÌÍÚÓ‚, ÏÓÊÌÓ Ú‡ÍÊ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÍÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË (̇ÔËÏÂ, ÌÓÏ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇). Ç ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÙÛÌ͈Ëflı, ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ Ì‡Ê‡Ú¸ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ENTER ‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔӉڂ‰ËÚ¸ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl. DVD îÛÌ͈Ëfl (àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË V/v ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÌÛÊÌÓÈ ÓÔˆËË) åÂÚÓ‰ ‚˚·Ó‡ 1 /3 éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ÌÓχ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇ Ë Ó·˘Â„Ó ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚‡ Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÓ‚, ‡ Ú‡ÍÊ ÔÂÂıÓ‰ Í ÌÛÊÌÓÏÛ ÌÓÏÂÛ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇. B / b, ËÎË ˆËÙ˚, ENTER 1 /12 éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ÌÓχ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ‡Á‰Â· Ë Ó·˘Â„Ó ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚‡ ‡Á‰ÂÎÓ‚, ‡ Ú‡ÍÊ ÔÂÂıÓ‰ Í ÌÛÊÌÓÏÛ ÌÓÏÂÛ ‡Á‰Â·. B / b, . / > ËÎË ˆËÙ˚, ENTER èÓËÒÍ ÔÓ ‚ÂÏÂÌË 0:20:09 éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ËÒÚÂÍ¯Â„Ó ‚ÂÏÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl, ‡ Ú‡ÍÊ ÔflÏÓÈ ÔÂÂıÓ‰ Í ÚӘ͠ÔÓ ËÒÚÂͯÂÏÛ ‚ÂÏÂÌË. ˆËÙ˚, ENTER üÁ˚Í Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl Ë ÂÊËÏ ˆËÙÓ‚Ó„Ó ‡Û‰ËÓ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ üÁ˚Í ÒÛ·ÚËÚÓ‚ 1 ENG D 5.1 CH éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó flÁ˚͇ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl, ÏÂÚÓ‰‡ ÍÓ‰ËÓ‚‡ÌËfl Ë ÌÓχ ͇̇·, ‡ Ú‡ÍÊ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË. éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó flÁ˚͇ ÒÛ·ÚËÚÓ‚, ‡ Ú‡ÍÊ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË. B / b, ËÎË SUBTITLE éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ‡ÍÛÒ‡ Ë Ó·˘Â„Ó ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚‡ ‡ÍÛÒÓ‚, ‡ Ú‡ÍÊ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌË ÌÓχ ‡ÍÛÒ‡. B / b, ËÎË ANGLE èÛÌÍÚ çÓÏ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇ çÓÏ ‡Á‰Â· ê‡ÍÛÒ 1 /1 á‚ÛÍ VCD2.0 OFF AUTO éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÂÊËχ, ‡ Ú‡ÍÊ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË. îÛÌ͈Ëfl (àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË V/v ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÌÛÊÌÓÈ ÓÔˆËË) çÓÏ ÚÂ͇ çÓÏ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ÚÂ͇ Ë Ó·˘Â ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚‡ ÚÂÍÓ‚, ËÎË ÓÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ÂÊËχ ‚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl PBC. ÇÂÏfl ÄÛ‰ËÓ͇̇Π18 AUTO FORMAT DIRECT VCD1.1 èÛÌÍÚ á‚ÛÍ B / b, ËÎË AUDIO 1 /3 0:20:09 àÒÚÂͯ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl (ÅÂÁ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚË ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl). ÄÛ‰ËÓÍ‡Ì‡Î Ë ËÁÏÂÌÂÌË ‡Û‰ËÓ͇̇·. ST AUTO åÂÚÓ‰ ‚˚·Ó‡ B / b, ËÎË ˆËÙ˚, ENTER – B / b, ËÎË AUDIO íÂÍÛ˘ËÈ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÂÊËÏ, Ë ËÁÏÂÌÂÌË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÓÍ. AUTO FORMAT DIRECT è‰ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËÂÈ (èÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ) 燘‡Î¸Ì˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË Ç˚·Ó flÁ˚͇ ÓÒÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ. ùÚÓ ÏÂÌ˛ ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÔË Ì‡Ê‡ÚËË ÍÌÓÔÍË DVD SETUP. èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇ Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ̇ÒÚÓËÚ¸ Ò‚ÓË ÔÂÒÓ̇θÌ˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ‚ ÙÛÌ͈ËÓ̇θÌÓÏ ÂÊËÏ DVD. üÁ˚ÍÓ‚Ó ÏÂÌ˛ 鷢ˠÛ͇Á‡ÌËfl ÔÓ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ì˲ ÏÂÌ˛ 1 2 3 4 5 ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD SETUP. èÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ. ÑÎfl V/v ‚˚·Ó‡ ÌÛÊÌÓÈ ÓÔˆËË ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË . ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÓÚÓ·‡ÁflÚÒfl ÚÂÍÛ˘Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ‚˚·‡ÌÌ˚ı ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ Ë ‡Î¸ÚÂ̇ÚË‚Ì˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË. äÓ„‰‡ ÌÛÊÌ˚È ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ ·Û‰ÂÚ ‚˚·‡Ì, ̇ÊÏËÚ b, ̇ V/v ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ ̇ ‚ÚÓÓÈ ÛÓ‚Â̸, ÔÓÒΠ̇‰Ó ̇ʇڸ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ. ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ENTER ‰Îfl ÔÓ‰Ú‚ÂʉÂÌËfl ҉·ÌÌÓ„Ó ‚˚·Ó‡. çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ÓÔˆËË ÚÂ·Û˛Ú ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌ˚ı ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚ËÈ. ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË DVD SETUP, RETURN, ËÎË H (PLAY) ‰Îfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ. êÖÜàåõ íÇ DVD 4:3 Letterbox: Ç˚·ÂËÚÂ, ÂÒÎË ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌ Òڇ̉‡ÚÌ˚È ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ 4:3. òËÓÍӽ͇ÌÌÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡ÂÚÒfl Ò ÔÓÎÓÒ‡ÏË ‚ ‚ÂıÌÂÈ Ë ÌËÊÌÂÈ ˜‡ÒÚflı ˝Í‡Ì‡. 4:3 Panscan: Ç˚·ÂËÚÂ, ÂÒÎË ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌ Òڇ̉‡ÚÌ˚È ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ 4:3. òËÓÍӽ͇ÌÌÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ‚˚‚Ó‰ËÚÒfl ̇ ‚ÂÒ¸ ˝Í‡Ì, ‡ ˜‡ÒÚË, ÍÓÚÓ˚ Ì ‚ıÓ‰flÚ Ì‡ ˝Í‡Ì, Ó·ÂÁ‡˛ÚÒfl. 16:9 Wide: Ç˚·ÂËÚÂ, ÂÒÎË ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌ ¯ËÓÍӽ͇ÌÌ˚È ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ 16:9. 4:3 Letterbox 4:3 Panscan 16:9 Wide üÁ˚Í üÁ˚Í ‰ËÒ͇ DVD Ç˚·ÂËÚ flÁ˚Í ‰Îfl ÏÂÌ˛, Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl Ë ÒÛ·ÚËÚÓ‚ ‰ËÒ͇. ëíÄçÑÄêíçÄü: ÑÎfl ‰ËÒ͇ ‚˚·Ë‡ÂÚÒfl ÓË„Ë̇θÌ˚È flÁ˚Í. ÑêìÉàÖ : óÚÓ·˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ‰Û„ÓÈ flÁ˚Í, ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ˆËÙÓ‚˚ ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl ‚‚‰ÂÌËfl 4 - Á̇˜ÌÓ„Ó ÍÓ‰‡ flÁ˚͇ ËÁ ÒÔËÒ͇ ̇ ÒÚ‡Ìˈ 34. ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ӯ˷ÎËÒ¸, ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ CLEAR. á‡Ï˜‡ÌË Ç˚·Ó flÁ˚͇ ‰ËÒ͇ ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ Ì ‰ÓÒÚÛÔÂÌ ‰Îfl ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı DVD-‰ËÒÍÓ‚. 19 è‰ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËÂÈ (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ) ç‡ÒÚÓÈ͇ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ 臇ÏÂÚ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍËı ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÙÓχڇ 5.1 ÑÛ„Ë DVD Ç˚·Ó Ô‡‡ÏÂÚÓ‚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚ ‚ Ò·fl: ·‡Î‡ÌÒ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË Ë ‡ÒÒÚÓflÌËÂ, ËÎË ÚÂÒÚËÓ‚‡ÌË ԇ‡ÏÂÚÓ‚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚. чÌÌ˚ ԇ‡ÏÂÚ˚ ‡ÍÚË‚Ì˚ ÚÓθÍÓ ‚ Ä̇ÎÓ„Ó‚ÓÏ ÏÌÓ„Ó͇̇θÌÓÏ ‚˚ıÓ‰Â. (ëÏ. “ç‡ÒÚÓÈ͇ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚”, 29 ÒÚ.) S åÓÊÌÓ ËÁÏÂÌflÚ¸ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÙÛÌ͈ËÈ DRC Ë PBC. ç‡ÊËχÈÚ V/v ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ„Ó ÔÛÌÍÚ‡, ÔÓÒΠ‚˚·Ó‡ ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ENTER. ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ‚˚·‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÔÛÌÍÚ‡ ·Û‰ÛÚ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌ˚ ÏÂÊ‰Û On Ë Off. DRC PBC S 0.3 m DRC (ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌË ‰Ë̇Ï˘ÂÒÍËÏ ‰Ë‡Ô‡ÁÓÌÓÏ) èË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË DVD*1-‰ËÒ͇ ·Î‡„Ó‰‡fl ÚÂıÌÓÎÓ„ËË ˆËÙÓ‚Ó„Ó Á‚Û͇ ‚˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÎÛ¯‡Ú¸ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Û˛ ‰ÓÓÊÍÛ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ ‚ ̇˷ÓΠÚÓ˜ÌÓÏ Ë Â‡ÎËÒÚ˘ÌÓÏ Ô‰ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌËË. é‰Ì‡ÍÓ ‚˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ Òʇڸ ‰Ë̇Ï˘ÂÒÍËÈ ‰Ë‡Ô‡ÁÓÌ ‡Û‰ËÓ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ (ÚÓ ÂÒÚ¸ ÛÏÂ̸¯ËÚ¸ ÓÚÌÓÒËÚÂθÌÓ ‡Á΢ˠÔÓ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË ÏÂÊ‰Û Ò‡Ï˚ÏË „ÓÏÍËÏË Ë Ò‡Ï˚ÏË ÚËıËÏË Á‚Û͇ÏË). ùÚÓ ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ÒÎÛ¯‡Ú¸ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌË ÙËθχ ̇ χÎÓÈ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË ·ÂÁ ÔÓÚÂË flÒÌÓÒÚË Á‚Û͇. ÑÎfl ‚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl ˝ÚÓ„Ó ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ‡ Á‡‰‡ÈÚ ‰Îfl DRC ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍÛ ON. *1: íÓθÍÓ Dolby Digital ìÔ‡‚ÎÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ (PBC) ‚ÍÎ. : ÇˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË Ò PBC ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰flÚÒfl ‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Ò PBC. ‚˚ÍÎ.: ÇˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË Ò PBC ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰flÚÒfl Ú‡ÍËÏ Ê ӷ‡ÁÓÏ, Í‡Í ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍË. 20 è‰ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËÂÈ (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ) êÓ‰ËÚÂθÒÍËÈ ÍÓÌÚÓθ äÓ‰ ÒÚ‡Ì˚ êÂÈÚËÌ„ ǂ‰ËÚ ÍÓ‰ ÒÚ‡Ì˚, Òڇ̉‡Ú˚ ÍÓÚÓÓÈ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÎËÒ¸ ‚ ÂÈÚËÌ„Â DVD ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒ͇, ‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË ÒÓ ÒÔËÒÍÓÏ ÍÓ‰Ó‚ ÒÚ‡Ì (ëÏ. “ëÔËÒÓÍ ÍÓ‰Ó‚ Òڇ̔, 35 ÒÚ.) îËθÏ˚ ̇ DVD-‰ËÒ͇ı ÏÓ„ÛÚ ÒÓ‰Âʇڸ ÒˆÂÌ˚, ÍÓÚÓ˚ Ì ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰flÚ ‰Îfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ‰ÂÚ¸ÏË. èÓ˝ÚÓÏÛ ‰ËÒÍË ÏÓ„ÛÚ ÒÓ‰Âʇڸ ËÌÙÓχˆË˛ Ó‰ËÚÂθÒÍÓ„Ó ÍÓÌÚÓÎfl (Parental Control), ÍÓÚÓ‡fl ÔËÏÂÌflÂÚÒfl ÍÓ ‚ÒÂÏÛ ‰ËÒÍÛ ËÎË Í ÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌ˚Ï ÒˆÂÌ‡Ï Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍÂ. ùÚË ÒˆÂÌ˚ ËÏÂ˛Ú ÂÈÚËÌ„ ÓÚ 1 ‰Ó 8. ç‡ ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ‰ËÒ͇ı ‚ ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Â ‡Î¸ÚÂ̇ÚË‚˚ ‰ÓÒÚÛÔÌ˚ ·ÓΠÔËÂÏÎÂÏ˚ ҈ÂÌ˚. êÂÈÚËÌ„Ë Á‡‚ËÒflÚ ÓÚ ÒÚ‡Ì. îÛÌ͈Ëfl Ó‰ËÚÂθÒÍÓ„Ó ÍÓÌÚÓÎfl ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ Ô‰ÓÚ‚‡ÚËÚ¸ ÔÓÒÏÓÚ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ‰ÂÚ¸ÏË ËÎË ÓÔ‰ÂÎËÚ¸ ÔÓÒÏÓÚ ÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌ˚ı ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ Ò ‡Î¸ÚÂ̇ÚË‚Ì˚ÏË ÒˆÂ̇ÏË. U S 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 Ç˚·ÂËÚ ÔÛÌÍÚ Rating ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ V/v ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ . Ç˚·‡‚ ÔÛÌÍÚ Rating, ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ b. ÖÒÎË Ô‡Óθ Ì ·˚Î ‚‚‰ÂÌ. ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ˆËÙÓ‚˚ı ÍÌÓÔÓÍ ‚‚‰ËÚ ÔÂÒÓ̇θÌ˚È ˜ÂÚ˚ÂıÁ̇˜Ì˚È Á‡˘ËÚÌ˚È Ô‡Óθ, Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER. 燷ÂËÚ ÚÓÚ Ê ҇Ï˚È 4-Á̇˜Ì˚È Ô‡Óθ Ë Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER ‰Îfl ÔÓ‰Ú‚ÂʉÂÌËfl. èÓÒΠÚÓ„Ó, Í‡Í ‚˚ ÛÊ ‚‚ÂÎË Ô‡Óθ: ǂ‰ËÚ 4-Á̇˜Ì˚È Ô‡Óθ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ˆËÙÓ‚˚ı ÍÌÓÔÓÍ ‰Îfl Ò‚ÂÍË Ò 4-Á̇˜Ì˚Ï Á‡˘ËÚÌ˚Ï Ô‡ÓÎÂÏ, Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER. ÖÒÎË ‚˚ Òӂ¯ËÎË Ó¯Ë·ÍÛ Ô‰ ̇ʇÚËÂÏ ENTER, ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ CLEAR Ë ‚‚‰ËÚ 4-Á̇˜Ì˚È Á‡˘ËÚÌ˚È Ô‡Óθ ¢ ‡Á. 4 5 Ç˚·ÂËÚ Á̇˜ÂÌË ÂÈÚËÌ„‡ ÓÚ 1 ‰Ó 8 Ò V/v ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ . Ö‰ËÌˈ‡ (1) ËÏÂÂÚ ÏËÌËÏÛÏ Ó„‡Ì˘ÂÌËÈ Ì‡ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ. ÇÓÒÂϸ (8) ËÏÂÂÚ Ï‡ÍÒËχθÌ˚ ӄ‡Ì˘ÂÌËfl ̇ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ. ·ÂÁ Ó„‡Ì˘ÂÌËÈ: ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ‚˚·ÂÂÚ ˝ÚÛ ÓÔˆË˛, Ó‰ËÚÂθÒÍËÈ ÍÓÌÚÓθ ·Û‰ÂÚ ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌ. ÑËÒÍ ·Û‰ÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸Òfl ‚ ÔÓÎÌÓÏ Ó·˙ÂÏÂ. êÂÈÚËÌ„ ÓÚ 1 ‰Ó 8: çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ‰ËÒÍË ÒÓ‰ÂÊ‡Ú ÒˆÂÌ˚, Ì ÔË„Ó‰Ì˚ ‰Îfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ‰ÂÚ¸ÏË. ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÎË ‰Îfl DVD ÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌ˚È ÂÈÚËÌ„, ·Û‰ÛÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸Òfl ‚Ò ҈ÂÌ˚ ‰ËÒ͇ Ò Ú‡ÍËÏ Ê ËÎË ÏÂ̸¯ËÏ ÂÈÚËÌ„ÓÏ. ëˆÂÌ˚ Ò ·ÓΠ‚˚ÒÓÍËÏ ÂÈÚËÌ„ÓÏ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸Òfl Ì ·Û‰ÛÚ, ÂÒÎË ÚÓθÍÓ Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍ ÌÂÚ ‡Î¸ÚÂ̇ÚË‚Ì˚ı ÒˆÂÌ. ÄθÚÂ̇ÚË‚Ì˚ ҈ÂÌ˚ ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ ËÏÂÚ¸ ÂÈÚËÌ„ Ì ‚˚¯Â ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÌÓ„Ó. ÖÒÎË Ì ·Û‰ÛÚ Ì‡È‰ÂÌ˚ ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰fl˘Ë ‡Î¸ÚÂ̇ÚË‚Ì˚ ҈ÂÌ˚, ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÒfl. óÚÓ·˚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚ÂÒÚË Ú‡ÍÓÈ ‰ËÒÍ, ‚˚ ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ ‚‚ÂÒÚË 4Á̇˜Ì˚È Ô‡Óθ ËÎË ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸ ÛÓ‚Â̸ ÂÈÚËÌ„‡. ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ENTER ‰Îfl ÔÓ‰Ú‚ÂʉÂÌËfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÂÈÚËÌ„‡, Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ DVD SETUP ‰Îfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Ç˚·ÂËÚ ÓÔˆË˛ äÓ‰ ÒÚ‡Ì˚ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ ‚ V/v ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ. Ç˚·‡‚ ÍÓ‰ ÒÚ‡Ì˚, ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ b. Ç˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ ÔÛÌÍÚ 3 ‚ ‡Á‰ÂΠ"êÂÈÚËÌ„" Ò΂‡. Ç˚·ÂËÚ Ô‚˚È ÒËÏ‚ÓÎ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ V/v ÍÌÓÔÓÍ . ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ, b ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔÂÂÈÚË Ì‡ ‚ÚÓÓÈ ÒËÏ‚ÓÎ Ë ‚˚·ÂËÚ ‚ÚÓÓÈ ÒËÏ‚ÓÎ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ V/v ÍÌÓÔÓÍ. ç‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER ‰Îfl ÔÓ‰Ú‚ÂʉÂÌËfl ‚‡¯Â„Ó ‚˚·Ó‡ ÍÓ‰‡ ÒÚ‡Ì˚, Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ DVD SETUP ‰Îfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÏÂÌ˛. á‡Ï˜‡ÌË èÓ‰Ú‚ÂʉÂÌË 4-Á̇˜ÌÓ„Ó Á‡˘ËÚÌÓ„Ó Ô‡ÓÎfl ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ‚ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â, ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl Ô‡ÓÎfl (ëÏ. àÁÏÂÌÂÌË 4-Á̇˜ÌÓ„Ó Ô‡ÓÎfl ÌËÊÂ). àÁÏÂÌÂÌË 4-Á̇˜ÌÓ„Ó Ô‡ÓÎfl 1 Ç˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ ÔÛÌÍÚ˚ 1-2, Í‡Í ÔÓ͇Á‡ÌÓ ‚˚¯Â Ò΂‡ ‚ ‡Á‰ÂΠ(êÂÈÚËÌ„) 2 ǂ‰ËÚ ÒÚ‡˚È Ô‡Óθ, Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER. 3 Ç˚·ÂËÚ àÁÏÂÌËÚ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ V/v ÍÌÓÔÓÍ , Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER. 4 ǂ‰ËÚ 4-Á̇˜Ì˚È Ô‡Óθ, Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER. 5 ǂ‰ËÚ ÚÓÚ Ê ҇Ï˚È Ô‡Óθ ‚Ó ‚ÚÓÓÈ ‡Á Ë ÔӉڂ‰ËÚ ‚‚Ó‰ ̇ʇÚËÂÏ ÍÌÓÔÍË ENTER. 6 ̇ÊÏËÚ DVD SETUP ‰Îfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÏÂÌ˛. ÖÒÎË ‚˚ Á‡·˚ÎË ‚‡¯ 4-Á̇˜Ì˚È Ô‡Óθ ÖÒÎË ‚˚ Á‡·˚ÎË Ò‚ÓÈ Ô‡Óθ, Û‰‡ÎËÚ ÚÂÍÛ˘ËÈ Ô‡Óθ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚ËÈ, ÓÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ı ÌËÊÂ. 1 ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD SETUP ‰Îfl ÓÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ. 2 ǂ‰ËÚ 6-Á̇˜ÌÓ ˜ËÒÎÓ “210499”. 4-Á̇˜Ì˚È Ô‡Óθ Û‰‡ÎËÚÒfl. 3 ǂ‰ËÚ ÌÓ‚˚È Ô‡Óθ, Í‡Í ÓÔËÒ‡ÌÓ ‚˚¯Â ‚ ‡Á‰ÂΠ(êÂÈÚËÌ„) Ò΂‡. 21 èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇ DVD DVD ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ‰ËÒ͇ÏË DVD Ë Video CD ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ DVD Ë Video CD ç‡ÒÚÓÈ͇ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl DVD VCD2.0 VCD1.1 ÇÍβ˜ËÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Ë ‚˚·ÂËÚ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ ‚ˉÂÓ‚ıÓ‰‡, ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÈ DVD-ÂÒË‚ÂÛ. ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ‰Îfl CD/DVD, Í‡Í ÔÓ͇Á‡ÌÓ ‚ ‡Á‰ÂΠÇ˚·Ó Ç˚ıÓ‰Ì˚ı/ÇıÓ‰Ì˚ı ͇̇ÎÓ‚ ̇ ÒÚ. 16. ç‡ÊÏËÚ Z ÍÌÓÔÍÛ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÓÚÍ˚Ú¸ ÎÓÚÓÍ ‰Îfl ‰ËÒÍÓ‚. èÓÏÂÒÚËÚ ‚˚·‡ÌÌ˚È ‰ËÒÍ ‚ ÎÓÚÓÍ ÒÚÓÓÌÓÈ ‰Îfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‚ÌËÁ. ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚ ‰‚ÛÒÚÓÓÌÌËÈ DVD-‰ËÒÍ, ۷‰ËÚÂÒ¸ ‚ ÚÓÏ, ˜ÚÓ ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰Ëχfl ÒÚÓÓ̇ ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ÒÌËÁÛ. ç‡ÊÏËÚ Z ÍÌÓÔÍÛ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ Á‡Í˚Ú¸ ÎÓÚÓÍ. ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇‰ÔËÒ¸ “˜ÚÂÌË”, Ë ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ̇˜ÌÂÚÒfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË. ÖÒÎË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË Ì ̇˜‡ÎÓÒ¸, ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ H (PLAY). Ç ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÒÎÛ˜‡flı ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓfl‚ËÚ¸Òfl ÏÂÌ˛ ‰ËÒ͇. 1 2 3 èË ÔÓfl‚ÎÂÌËË ˝Í‡Ì‡ ÏÂÌ˛ ë‡ÁÛ ÔÓÒΠÁ‡„ÛÁÍË DVD-‰ËÒ͇ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ‚˚‚Ó‰ËÚÒfl ˝Í‡Ì ÏÂÌ˛. VCD2.0 ÑÎfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇˜‡Î‡ ‰ËÒ͇ ‰‚‡Ê‰˚ ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ x Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ H (ÇéëèêéàáÇÖÑÖçàÖ). èËϘ‡ÌËÂ Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ÚÓ„Ó, „‰Â ‚˚ ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÎË ‰ËÒÍ, ÂÒË‚Â ÏÓÊÂÚ Ì‡˜‡Ú¸ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ÌÂ Ò ÚÓÈ ÔÓÁˈËË, ‚ ÍÓÚÓÓÈ ·˚ÎÓ ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ. èÓÁˈËfl, ‚ ÍÓÚÓÓÈ ‚˚ ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÎË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ, Û‰‡ÎflÂÚÒfl ÍÓ„‰‡: - ç‡Ê‡Ú‡ x ‚ ÂÊËÏ STOP. - éÚÍβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl ÔËÚ‡ÌË - éÚÍ˚‚‡ÂÚÒfl ÎÓÚÓÍ ‰Îfl ‰ËÒ͇. Ç˚·Ó Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇ TITLE àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ÚÂÍ ‰Îfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡. ç‡ÊÏËÚ RETURN ‰Îfl ‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ ‚ ˝Í‡Ì ÏÂÌ˛. ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÏÂÌ˛ Ë ÔÓÒΉӂ‡ÚÂθÌÓÒÚ¸ ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚ËÈ, ‚˚ÔÓÎÌflÂÏ˚ı ÔË ‡·ÓÚÂ Ò ÏÂÌ˛, ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‡Á΢Ì˚ÏË ‚ Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ‰ËÒ͇. Ç˚ÔÓÎÌflÈÚ Û͇Á‡ÌËfl Í‡Ê‰Ó„Ó ˝Í‡Ì‡ ÏÂÌ˛. í‡ÍÊ ‚˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚˚Íβ˜ËÚ¸ PBC (Á̇˜ÂÌË OFF) ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË. ëÏ. ÒÚ. 20. èËϘ‡ÌËfl ÖÒÎË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ Ó‰ËÚÂθÒÍËÈ ÍÓÌÚÓθ, Ë ‰ËÒÍ Ì Óڂ˜‡ÂÚ Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍ ÂÈÚËÌ„‡ (Ì ‡‚ÚÓËÁÓ‚‡Ì), ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ‚‚ÂÒÚË 4-Á̇˜Ì˚È Ô‡Óθ, Ë/ËÎË ‰ËÒÍ ‰ÓÎÊÂÌ ·˚Ú¸ ‡‚ÚÓËÁÓ‚‡Ì (ÒÏ. «êÓ‰ËÚÂθÒÍËÈ ÍÓÌÚÓθ» ̇ ÒÚ. 21). DVD-‰ËÒÍË ÏÓ„ÛÚ ËÏÂÚ¸ „ËÓ̇θÌ˚È ÍÓ‰. LJ¯ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ ‰ËÒÍË, „ËÓ̇θÌ˚È ÍÓ‰ ÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÓÚ΢‡ÂÚÒfl ÓÚ ÍÓ‰‡ DVD-ÂÒ˂‡. чÌÌ˚È DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ËÏÂÂÚ Â„ËÓ̇θÌ˚È ÍÓ‰ 5. ç ÓÒÚ‡‚ÎflÈÚ ̇ ˝‡Ì ‚ Ú˜ÂÌË ‰ÓÎ„Ó„Ó ‚ÂÏÂÌË ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ. 1 /3 DVD ÖÒÎË Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍ ËÏÂÂÚÒfl ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÓ‚, ‚˚ ÒÏÓÊÂÚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏ˚È Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÓÍ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ Ó·‡ÁÓÏ: ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD DISPLAY. àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË V/v ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ Á̇˜Í‡ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇, Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ Ò ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ÂÈ ˆËÙÓÈ (0-9), ÔÓÒΠ˝ÚÓ„Ó ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ENTER ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÌÓχ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇. ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD DISPLAY, Á‡ÚÂÏ B/b ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÌÓχ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇, Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER. Ç˚·Ó ‡Á‰Â·/ÚÂ͇ DVD àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË B/b/V/v ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÓÍ/‡Á‰ÂÎ ‰Îfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER ‰Îfl Á‡ÔÛÒ͇ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. ÑÎfl ‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ ‚ ˝Í‡Ì ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÊÏËÚ DVD TOP ËÎË DVD MENU. ëÓ‚ÂÚ 1 /12 DVD VCD2.0 VCD1.1 1 /3 ÖÒÎË Á‡ÔËÒ¸ ̇ ‰ËÒÍ ‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚ ‚ Ò·fl ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‡Á‰ÂÎÓ‚/ÚÂÍÓ‚ (‰ÓÓÊÂÍ), ‚˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ‰Û„Ë ‡Á‰ÂÎ/ÚÂÍ, Í‡Í ÔÓ͇Á‡ÌÓ ÌËÊÂ: Ç ÔÓˆÂÒÒ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ͇ÚÍÓ‚ÂÏÂÌÌÓ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍË PREV ËÎË NEXT ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Â„Ó ‡Á‰Â·/ÚÂ͇ ËÎË ‰Îfl ‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ Í Ì‡˜‡ÎÛ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ‡Á‰Â·/ÚÂ͇. Ñ‚‡Ê‰˚ ·˚ÒÚÓ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ PREV ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ Í Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ/ÚÂÍÛ. óÚÓ·˚ ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ÔÂÂÈÚË ÌÂÔÓÒ‰ÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ Í Í‡ÍÓÏÛ-ÎË·Ó ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ, ̇ÊÏËÚ DVD DISPLAY. á‡ÚÂÏ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ V/v ‚˚·ÂËÚ Á̇˜ÓÍ ‡Á‰Â·/ÚÂ͇. á‡ÚÂÏ ‚‚‰ËÚ ÌÓÏ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇/ÚÂ͇, ËÒÔÓθÁÛfl ÍÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË (0-9) ËÎË ÍÌÓÔÍË B/b ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ‡Á‰Â·. èÓÒΠ˝ÚÓ„Ó, ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ENTER. èËϘ‡ÌË ÑÎfl Ó‰ÌÓÁ̇˜Ì˚ı ˜ËÒÂΠ̇ÊÏËÚ ÔÓÌÛÏÂÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÍÌÓÔÍË (1-9) Ë ÔÓ‰ÓʉËÚ ‰Ó Á‡‚¯ÂÌËfl ÓÔ‡ˆËË. ÑÎfl ‰‚ÛÁ̇˜Ì˚ı ÌÓÏÂÓ‚, ̇ÊËχÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË (0-9) ‚ ·˚ÒÚÓÈ ÔÓÒΉӂ‡ÚÂθÌÓÒÚË. ç‡ ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÂ Ò ÙÛÌ͈ËflÏË PBC (ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ), ‚˚ ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÓÚÍβ˜ËÚ¸ PBC ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ ‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ Û͇Á‡ÌÌÛ˛ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛. ëÏ. ÒÚ. 20. èÓËÒÍ DVD VCD2.0 VCD1.1 鷢ˠÙÛÌ͈ËË 1 Ç ÔÓˆÂÒÒ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍË m ËÎË M . èËϘ‡ÌË ÖÒÎË Ì Û͇Á‡ÌÓ ËÌÓÂ, ‚Ò ÓÔËÒ˚‚‡ÂÏ˚ ÓÔ‡ˆËË ‚˚ÔÓÎÌfl˛ÚÒfl Ò ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ÙÛÌ͈ËË Ú‡ÍÊ ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‰ÓÒÚÛÔÌ˚ ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË (Setup). 2 àÒÔÓθÁÛfl ÍÌÓÔÍË m ËÎË M ‚˚·ÂËÚ Ú·ÛÂÏÛ˛ ÒÍÓÓÒÚ¸: X2 b, 1 m, 2 m, 3 m (Ó·‡ÚÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ), ËÎË X2 B, 1 M, 2 M, 3 M (‚Ô‰). ÑÎfl Video CD ÒÍÓÓÒÚË ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÔÓËÒ͇ ËÁÏÂÌfl˛ÚÒfl ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ Ó·‡ÁÓÏ: 1 m, 2 m, 3 m (Ó·‡ÚÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ) ËÎË 1 M, 2 M, 3 M (‚Ô‰). 3 ÑÎfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÂÊËχ ÔÓËÒ͇ ̇ÊÏËÚ H (PLAY). îÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚ÓÁÓ·ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl DVD VCD2.0 VCD1.1 CD äÓ„‰‡ ‚˚ ÓÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚ ‰ËÒÍ, ÒËÒÚÂχ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl Á‡ÔÓÏË̇ÂÚ ÔÓÁËˆË˛, ‚ ÍÓÚÓÓÈ ‚˚ ̇ʇÎË ÍÌÓÔÍÛ x (STOP) Ë Ì‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl "RESUME x”. ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ H (PLAY) Ë ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ̇˜ÌÂÚÒfl Ò ˝ÚÓÈ ÔÓÁˈËË. 22 DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ÔÂÂȉÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÔÓËÒ͇ (SEARCH). çÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË DVD VCD2.0 VCD1.1 1 Ç ÔÓˆÂÒÒ X ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ (Ô‡ÛÁ‡). The DVD Receiver will go into PAUSE mode. 2 ÑÎfl ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl, ̇ÊÏËÚ ÒÌÓ‚‡ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ X (Ô‡ÛÁ‡) ËÎË ÍÌÓÔÍÛ H (ÇéëèêéàáÇÖÑÖçàÖ). ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ‰ËÒ͇ÏË DVD Ë Video CD (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ) á‡Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË DVD VCD2.0 VCD1.1 1 Ç ÔÓˆÂÒÒ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ X (Ô‡ÛÁ‡). DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ÔÂÂȉÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ Ô‡ÛÁ˚ Ô‡ÛÁ‡. 2 Ç ÂÊËÏ ԇÛÁ˚ t ËÎË T ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ SLOW. DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ÔÂÂȉÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ Á‡Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl (SLOW). 3 àÒÔÓθÁÛfl ÍÌÓÔÍË SLOW t ËÎË T ‚˚·ÂËÚ Ú·ÛÂÏÛ˛ ÒÍÓÓÒÚ¸: 4 t, 3 t, 2 t ËÎË 1 t (̇Á‡‰), ËÎË 4 T, 3 T, 2 T or 1 T (‚Ô‰). 4 ÑÎfl ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl, ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ H (ÇéëèêéàáÇÖÑÖçàÖ). èËϘ‡ÌËÂ Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â Ò Video CD ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ ÚÓθÍÓ Á‡Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‚Ô‰. èÓ‚ÚÓ DVD VCD2.0 VCD1.1 DVD-‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË - èÓ‚ÚÓ ‡Á‰Â·/Á‡ÔËÒË ÔÓ Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÛ/‚ÒÂ„Ó ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÏÓ„Ó/ÓÚÍÎ. ÔÓ‚ÚÓ‡ 1 ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‰ËÒ͇. àÍÓÌ͇ Repeat ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇ ÚÂν͇ÌÂ. 2 óÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ Ê·ÂÏ˚È ÂÊËÏ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ‡, ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ. CHAPT TITLE OFF • ‡Á‰ÂÎ: ÔÓ‚ÚÓflÂÚÒfl ÚÂÍÛ˘ËÈ ‡Á‰ÂÎ • Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÓÍ: ÔÓ‚ÚÓflÂÚÒfl Á‡ÔËÒ¸, ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘‡fl ÚÂÍÛ˘ÂÏÛ Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÛ Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍÂ. • ‚˚ÍÎ.: ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌË ÔÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ÇˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË - èÓ‚ÚÓ ÚÂ͇/‚ÒÂ„Ó ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÏÓ„Ó/ ÓÚÍÎ. èÓ‚ÚÓ‡ 1 ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‰ËÒ͇. èËϘ‡ÌË óÚÓ·˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ‡ ‰Îfl Video CD Ò PBC, ‚‡Ï ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ÓÚÍβ˜ËÚ¸ PBC (Á̇˜ÂÌË OFF) ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË. ëÏ. ÒÚ.20. äÓ„‰‡ ‚˚ ̇ÊËχÂÚ ‰‚‡Ê‰˚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ PREV ËÎË Ì‡ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ NEXT ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ÂÊËχ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ‡ ‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔÂÂÈÚË Í Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ ÚÂÍÛ ËÎË ÔÓÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÏÛ ÚÂÍÛ, ÂÊËÏ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ‡ ÓÚÏÂÌflÂÚÒfl (ÚÓθÍÓ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇ Ë ÚÂ͇). èÓËÒÍ ÔÓ ‚ÂÏÂÌË DVD 0:20:09 -:--:-- îÛÌ͈Ëfl ÔÓËÒ͇ ÔÓ ‚ÂÏÂÌË ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ Ì‡˜Ë̇ڸ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ Ò Î˛·ÓÈ Á‡‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ‚ÂÏÂÌÌÓÈ ÔÓÁˈËË Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍÂ. 1 Ç ÔÓˆÂÒÒ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DVD DISPLAY. ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ËÌÙÓχˆËÓÌÌÓ ÓÍÌÓ. Ç ÔÓΠÔÓËÒ͇ ÔÓ ‚ÂÏÂÌË ·Û‰ÂÚ ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡Ú¸Òfl ËÒÚÂͯ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ‰ËÒ͇. 2 Ç Ú˜ÂÌË 10 ÒÂÍÛ̉ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ V/v ‚˚·ÂËÚ ‚ ËÌÙÓχˆËÓÌÌÓÏ ÓÍÌ Á̇˜ÓÍ ÔÓËÒ͇ ÔÓ ‚ÂÏÂÌË. Ç ÔÓΠÔÓËÒ͇ ÔÓ ‚ÂÏÂÌË ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl “-:--:--”. 3 Ç Ú˜ÂÌË 10 ÒÂÍÛ̉ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË ‚‚‰ËÚ Ú·ÛÂÏÓ ‚ÂÏfl ̇˜‡Î‡ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. ÇÂÏfl ‚ ‰‡ÌÌÓÏ ÔÓΠ‚‚Ó‰ËÚÒfl Ò΂‡ ̇ԇ‚Ó ‚ ˜‡Ò‡ı, ÏËÌÛÚ‡ı Ë ÒÂÍÛ̉‡ı. ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ÌÂÔ‡‚ËθÌÓ ‚‚ÂÎË ˆËÙ˚ ̇ÊÏËÚ CLEAR ‰Îfl Û‰‡ÎÂÌËfl ‚‚‰ÂÌÌ˚ı ˆËÙ. á‡ÚÂÏ ‚‚‰ËÚ ԇ‚ËθÌ˚ ˆËÙ˚. 4 Ç Ú˜ÂÌË 10 ÒÂÍÛ̉ ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ENTER. ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‰ËÒ͇ ̇˜ÌÂÚÒfl Ò Á‡‰‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÏÓÏÂÌÚ‡ ‚ÂÏÂÌË. ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ‚‚‰ÂÚ ‚ÂÏfl ÌÂÔ‡‚ËθÌÓ, ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ̇˜ÌÂÚÒfl Ò ÚÂÍÛ˘ÂÈ ÔÓÁˈËË. àÍÓÌ͇ Repeat ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇ ÚÂν͇ÌÂ. 2 óÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ Ê·ÂÏ˚È ÂÊËÏ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ‡, ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ. TRACK ALL OFF • ÚÂÍ: ÔÓ‚ÚÓflÂÚÒfl ÚÂÍÛ˘ËÈ ÚÂÍ. • ‚ÒÂ: ÔÓ‚ÚÓfl˛ÚÒfl ‚Ò ÚÂÍË Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍÂ. • ‚˚ÍÎ.: ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌË ÔÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. 23 ùÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËfl 鷢ˠÙÛÌ͈ËË (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ) ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ‰ËÒ͇ÏË DVD Ë Video CD (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ) 鷢ˠÙÛÌ͈ËË (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ) ëÔˆˇθÌ˚ ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚËÍË DVD-‰ËÒÍÓ‚ èÓ‚Â͇ ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÏÓ„Ó ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ DVD: åÂÌ˛ DVD ‰ÂÎËÚÒfl ̇ ·Óθ¯Ó ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚Ó ÒÂÍÚÓÓ‚, ËÁ ÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÒÓÒÚÓËÚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ËÎË ÏÛÁ˚͇θÌ˚È ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ. ùÚË ÒÂÍÚÓ‡ ̇Á˚‚‡˛ÚÒfl “ÚËÚ‡ÏË.” èË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË DVD, ÒÓ‰Âʇ˘Â„Ó ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ÚËÚÓ‚, ‚˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏ˚È ÚËÚ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‚ÂıÌÂ„Ó ÏÂÌ˛ DVD (DVD TOP MENU). èË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË DVD, ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎfl˛˘Ëı ‚‡Ï ‚˚·Ë‡Ú¸ Ú‡ÍË ԇ‡ÏÂÚ˚, Í‡Í flÁ˚Í ÓÁ‚ۘ˂‡ÌËfl, „ÛÎËÛÈÚ ˝ÚË Ô‡‡ÏÂÚ˚ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÏÂÌ˛ DVD (DVD MENU). 1 ç‡ÊÏËÚ ‚ÂıÌ ÏÂÌ˛ DVD (DVD TOP MENU) ËÎË ÏÂÌ˛ DVD (DVD MENU). åÂÌ˛ ‰ËÒ͇ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇ íÇ-˝Í‡ÌÂ. ëÓ‰ÂʇÌË ÏÂÌ˛ ‚‡¸ËÛÂÚÒfl ÓÚ ‰ËÒ͇ Í ‰ËÒÍÛ. ê‡ÍÛÒ DVD 1 /1 ÖÒÎË Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍ ÒÓ‰ÂʇÚÒfl ÒˆÂÌ˚, Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ ÔÓ‰ ‡Á΢Ì˚ÏË Û„Î‡ÏË Ò˙ÂÏÍË (Ó·ÁÓ‡), ‚˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸ Û„ÓÎ Ò˙ÂÏÍË (‚˚·‡Ú¸ ‰Û„Ó ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌË ͇ÏÂ˚) ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. Ç ÔÓˆÂÒÒ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ÔÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ‡ÍÛÒ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ Ê·ÂÏ˚È Û„ÓÎ Ò˙ÂÏÍË. á̇˜ÂÌË ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Û˛˘Â„Ó Û„Î‡ Ò˙ÂÏÍË ·Û‰ÂÚ ÓÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌÓ Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ. àÁÏÂÌÂÌË flÁ˚͇ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl DVD 1 ENG D 5.1 CH ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÔÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ AUDIO ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‰Îfl ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl ‡Á΢Ì˚ı flÁ˚ÍÓ‚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ËÎË ‡Û‰ËÓÚÂÍÓ‚. ëÏÂ̇ ‡Û‰ËÓ͇̇· ST LEFT VCD2.0 VCD1.1 RIGHT 2 ç‡ÊÏËÚ B/b/V/v ËÎË ÔÓÌÛÏÂÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÚÓ„Ó ÔÛÌÍÚ‡, ÍÓÚÓ˚È ‚˚ ıÓÚÂÎË ·˚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚ÂÒÚË ËÎË ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸. óÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ‰Û„ÓÈ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ Í‡Ì‡Î (ÒÚÂÂÓ, ΂˚È ËÎË Ô‡‚˚È), ̇ÊÏËÚ ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‡Á ÍÌÓÔÍÛ AUDIO. 3 ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ Ç‚Ó‰ (ENTER). CÛ·ÚËÚ˚ DVD 1 ENG ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÒÛ·ÚËÚ˚ ‰Îfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ÒÛ·ÚËÚÓ‚ ̇ ‡Á΢Ì˚ı flÁ˚͇ı. èËϘ‡ÌË ÖÒÎË ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÒËÏ‚ÓÎ , ˝ÚÓ ÓÁ̇˜‡ÂÚ, ˜ÚÓ ‰‡Ì̇fl ˜ÂÚ‡ fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÒÔˆˇθÌÓÈ. 24 ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ‡Û‰ËÓ Ë MP3-‰ËÒ͇ÏË ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‡Û‰ËÓ Ë MP3‰ËÒÍÓ‚ CD MP3 èËϘ‡ÌËfl ÔÓ MP3-Ù‡ÈÎ‡Ï DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ Á‡ÔËÒË ‚ ÙÓχÚ MP3 ̇ ‰ËÒ͇ı CD-ROM, CD-R Ë CD-RW. è‰ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ MP3-Á‡ÔËÒÂÈ ÔÓ˜ÚËÚ ÔËϘ‡ÌËfl ‰Îfl MP3-Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ ÒÔ‡‚‡. 1 MP3 2 ëÓ‚ÏÂÒÚËÏÓÒÚ¸ MP3-‰ËÒÍÓ‚ Ò ‰‡ÌÌ˚Ï DVDÂÒË‚ÂÓÏ Ó„‡Ì˘Â̇ Ë ÓÔ‰ÂÎflÂÚÒfl ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ: JPEG àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË V/v ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ÓÔˆË˛ MP3, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER. ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ MP3-‰ËÒ͇. ç‡ÊÏËÚ RETURN ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ Í ÏÂÌ˛ ‚˚·Ó‡ MP3/JPEG. MP3 TRACK TRACK TRACK TRACK TRACK TRACK TRACK TRACK 1.mp3 2.mp3 3.mp3 4.mp3 5.mp3 6.mp3 7.mp3 8.mp3 00:00 3 1 Çõäã. àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË V/v ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ Ô‡ÔÍË, Ë Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER. èÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÒÔËÒÓÍ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ ‚ Ô‡ÔÍÂ. ÖÒÎË ÒÔËÒÓÍ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÚ ‰Û„Û˛ Ô‡ÔÍÛ, ÔÓ‚ÚÓËÚ ¯‡„ 3 ¢ ‡Á. ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚ ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÂÒ¸ ‚ ÒÔËÒÍ هÈÎÓ‚ Ë ıÓÚËÚ ‚ÂÌÛÚ¸Òfl ‚ ÒÔËÒÓÍ Ô‡ÔÓÍ, ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË V/v ‰Îfl ‚˚‰ÂÎÂÌËfl (Ô‡ÔÍË) Ë Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER ‰Îfl ‚ÓÁ‚‡˘ÂÌËfl Í Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ ˝Í‡ÌÛ ÏÂÌ˛. 4 àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË V/v ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÚÂ͇, Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ H (ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ).ËÎË ENTER. 燘ÌÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ. ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl, ̇ ‰ËÒÔÎÂÂ Ë ÏÂÌ˛ ÓÚÓ·‡ÁËÚÒfl ËÒÚÂͯ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ÓÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒfl ‚ ÍÓ̈ ‰ËÒ͇. ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD TOP MENU ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ ̇ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Û˛ ÒÚ‡ÌˈÛ. ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD MENU ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ ̇ Ô‰˚‰Û˘Û˛ ÒÚ‡ÌˈÛ. åÂÌ˛ ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ Ë TRACK01 TRACK TRACK TRACK TRACK TRACK TRACK TRACK TRACK TRACK02 TRACK03 TRACK04 TRACK05 TRACK06 TRACK07 TRACK08 0: 56: 18 5 ST AUTO ó‡ÒÚÓÚ‡ ‚˚·ÓÍË: ÚÓθÍÓ ‚ 44.1 ÍɈ ëÍÓÓÒÚ¸ Ô‰‡˜Ë ‰‡ÌÌ˚ı: ‚ ԉ·ı ÓÚ 32 - 320 ÍËÎÓ·ËÚ ‚ ÒÂÍÛÌ‰Û îËÁ˘ÂÒÍËÏ ÙÓχÚÓÏ CD-R ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ ·˚Ú¸ “ISO 9660”. ÖÒÎË Ù‡ÈÎ˚ MP3 Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÎËÒ¸ Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ„Ó Ó·ÂÒÔ˜ÂÌËfl, Ì ÒÓÁ‰‡˛˘Â„Ó Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚Û˛ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ Ù‡ÈÎ˚ MP3 Ì ÒÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌ˚. ç‡ ‰ËÒÍÂ Ò Ó‰ÌÓÈ ÒÂÒÒËÂÈ ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ MP3Ù‡ÈÎ˚ ·˚ÎË Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì˚ ̇ Ô‚ÓÏ ÚÂÍÂ. Ç ÔÓÚË‚ÌÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â MP3-Ù‡ÈÎ˚ Ì ·Û‰ÛÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸Òfl. ÖÒÎË ‚˚ Á‡ıÓÚËÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚ÂÒÚË MP3-Ù‡ÈÎ˚, ÓÚÙÓχÚËÛÈÚ ‚Ò ‰‡ÌÌ˚ ̇ ‰ËÒÍ ËÎË ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÌÓ‚˚È. ç‡Á‚‡ÌËfl Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ ÒÓÒÚÓflÚ¸ ËÁ 8 ËÎË ÏÂÌ ÒËÏ‚ÓÎÓ‚ Ë ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ ËÏÂÚ¸ ‡Ò¯ËÂÌË “mp3”, ̇ÔËÏ “********.mp3”. ç ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ Á̇ÍÓ‚ “/ : * ? “ < > ”. 鷢 ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚Ó Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ ̇ ‰ËÒÍ ‰ÓÎÊÌÓ ·˚Ú¸ ÏÂ̸¯Â ˜ÂÏ 650. ÑÎfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl ÓÔÚËχθÌÓ„Ó Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚‡ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ ‰‡ÌÌÓÏ DVD-ÂÒ˂ ڷÛÂÚÒfl, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‰ËÒÍË Ë Á‡ÔËÒË Óڂ˜‡ÎË ÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌ˚Ï ÚÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍËÏ Òڇ̉‡Ú‡Ï. á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ DVD-‰ËÒÍË ÛÊ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛Ú ˝ÚËÏË Òڇ̉‡Ú‡Ï. ëÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ÏÌÓÊÂÒÚ‚Ó ‡Á΢Ì˚ı ÙÓχÚÓ‚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÂÏ˚ı ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ (‚Íβ˜‡fl CD-R Ò MP3هȷÏË), Ë ‰Îfl „‡‡ÌÚËË ÒÓ‚ÏÂÒÚËÏÓÒÚË ÔË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌË ÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌ˚ı Ô‰‚‡ËÚÂθÌ˚ı ÛÒÎÓ‚ËÈ (ÒÏ. ‚˚¯Â). MP3-‰ËÒÍÓ‚. MP3 CD MP3-Ù‡ÈÎ Ô‰ÒÚ‡‚ÎflÂÚ ÒÓ·ÓÈ Ù‡ÈÎ ‡Û‰ËÓ‰‡ÌÌ˚ı, ÒʇÚ˚ı Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ÚÂıÌÓÎÓ„ËË ÍÓ‰ËÓ‚‡ÌËfl Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ (MPEG1 audio layer-3). î‡ÈÎ˚ Ò ‡Ò¯ËÂÌËÂÏ “.mp3” ̇Á˚‚‡˛Ú “MP3-هȷÏË”. êÂÒË‚Â Ì ÒÏÓÊÂÚ ‡ÒÔÓÁ̇ڸ MP3-Ù‡ÈÎ, Ì Ëϲ˘ËÈ ‡Ò¯ËÂÌËfl “.mp3”. 1.mp3 2.mp3 3.mp3 4.mp3 5.mp3 6.mp3 7.mp3 8.mp3 00:00 1 Çõäã. èÓÚ·ËÚÂÎË ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ ÔÓÏÌËÚ¸, ˜ÚÓ ‰Îfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl (Ò͇˜Ë‚‡ÌËfl) Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ Ë ÏÛÁ˚ÍË ‚ ÙÓχÚ MP3 ˜ÂÂÁ àÌÚÂÌÂÚ Ú·ÛÂÚÒfl ‡Á¯ÂÌËÂ. 燯‡ ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËfl Ì ӷ·‰‡ÂÚ Ô‡‚‡ÏË Ì‡ ‚˚‰‡˜Û Ú‡ÍÓ„Ó ‡Á¯ÂÌËfl. ê‡Á¯ÂÌË ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌÓ ÚÓθÍÓ Û ‚·‰Âθˆ‡ ‡‚ÚÓÒÍÓ„Ó Ô‡‚‡. ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ x (STOP) ‰Îfl ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. 25 ùÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËfl ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ‰ËÒÍ Ë Á‡‰‚Ë̸Ú ÎÓÚÓÍ. ÄÛ‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍ: ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒ͇ ÔÂÂıÓ‰ËÚÂ Í ¯‡„Û 4. ÑËÒÍ MP3: ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ ‚˚·Ó‡ MP3/JPEG. èÂÂıÓ‰ËÚÂ Í ¯‡„Û 2. é ÙÓχÚ MP3 ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ‡Û‰ËÓ Ë MP3-‰ËÒ͇ÏË (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ) è‡ÛÁ‡ CD èÓ‚ÚÓ MP3 1 Ç ÔÓˆÂÒÒ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ X (Ô‡ÛÁ‡). 2 ÑÎfl ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl, ̇ÊÏËÚ ÒÌÓ‚‡ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ X (Ô‡ÛÁ‡) ËÎË ÍÌÓÔÍÛ H (ÇéëèêéàáÇÖÑÖçàÖ). Ç˚·Ó ÚÂ͇ CD MP3 ÖÒÎË Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍ ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ÚÂÍÓ‚, ‚˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÂÂÈÚË Ì‡ ‰Û„ÓÈ ÚÂÍ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ Ó·‡ÁÓÏ: Ç ÔÓˆÂÒÒ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ͇ÚÍÓ‚ÂÏÂÌÌÓ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Â„Ó ÚÂ͇ . ËÎË > ‰Îfl ‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ Í Ì‡˜‡ÎÛ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ÚÂ͇. Ñ‚‡Ê‰˚ . ·˚ÒÚÓ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ Í Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ ÚÂÍÛ. Ç ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒ͇ı, ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ ̇ ÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌ˚È ÚÂÍ ‚‚‰ËÚ ÌÓÏ ÚÂ͇, ËÒÔÓθÁÛfl ÍÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË (0-9), ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. èËϘ‡ÌË ÑÎfl Ó‰ÌÓÁ̇˜Ì˚ı ˜ËÒÂΠ̇ÊÏËÚ ÔÓÌÛÏÂÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÍÌÓÔÍË (1-9) Ë ÔÓ‰ÓʉËÚ ‰Ó Á‡‚¯ÂÌËfl ÓÔ‡ˆËË. ÑÎfl ‰‚ÛÁ̇˜Ì˚ı ÌÓÏÂÓ‚, ̇ÊËχÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË (0-9) ‚ ·˚ÒÚÓÈ ÔÓÒΉӂ‡ÚÂθÌÓÒÚË. èÓËÒÍ CD MP3 1 Ç ÔÓˆÂÒÒ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍË m ËÎË M. DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ÔÂÂȉÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÔÓËÒ͇ (SEARCH). 2 àÒÔÓθÁÛfl ÍÌÓÔÍË m ËÎË M ‚˚·ÂËÚ Ú·ÛÂÏÛ˛ ÒÍÓÓÒÚ¸: 1 m, 2 m, 3 m (Ó·‡ÚÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ), ËÎË 1 M, 2 M, 3 M (‚Ô‰). ëÍÓÓÒÚ¸ Ë Ì‡Ô‡‚ÎÂÌË ÔÓËÒ͇ Û͇Á˚‚‡˛ÚÒfl ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÏÂÌ˛. 3 ÑÎfl ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ H (PLAY). 26 CD MP3 1 ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‰ËÒ͇. àÍÓÌ͇ Repeat ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇ ÚÂν͇ÌÂ. 2 óÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ Ê·ÂÏ˚È ÂÊËÏ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ‡, ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ. TRACK ALL OFF • ÚÂÍ/‰ÓÓÊ͇: ÔÓ‚ÚÓflÂÚÒfl ÚÂÍÛ˘ËÈ ÚÂÍ. • ‚ÒÂ: ÔÓ‚ÚÓfl˛ÚÒfl ‚Ò ÚÂÍË Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍÂ. • ‚˚ÍÎ.: ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌË ÔÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. èËϘ‡ÌË ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ̇ÊÏÂÚ ‰‚‡Ê‰˚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍË ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ÂÊËχ èÓ‚ÚÓ‡ ‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔÂÂÈÚË Í Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ . ÚÂÍÛ ËÎË > ÔÓÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÏÛ ÚÂÍÛ, ÂÊËÏ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ‡ ÓÚÍβ˜ËÚÒfl (íÂÍ ÔÓÒÚÓ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÔÓ‚ÚÓÂÌ). ëÏÂ̇ ‡Û‰ËÓ͇̇· CD óÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ‰Û„ÓÈ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ Í‡Ì‡Î (ÒÚÂÂÓ, ΂˚È ËÎË Ô‡‚˚È), ̇ÊÏËÚ ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‡Á ÍÌÓÔÍÛ AUDIO. ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò Ù‡È·ÏË JPEG JPEG чÌÌ˚È DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ ‰ËÒÍË Ò Ù‡È·ÏË JPEG. è‰ ÚÂÏ Í‡Í Ì‡˜Ë̇ڸ ‡·ÓÚÛ Ò Ù‡È·ÏË JPEG, ÔÓ˜ÚËÚ ÔËϘ‡ÌËfl ‚ ‡Á‰ÂΠJPEG-Ù‡ÈÎ˚ ÒÔ‡‚‡. ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ‰ËÒÍ Ë Á‡ÍÓÈÚ ÎÓÚÓÍ. ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÓÚÓ·‡ÁËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ ‚˚·Ó‡ MP3/JPEG. 1 MP3 JPEG 2 àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ V/v ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ JPEG Ë Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER. ç‡ ÚÂν͇Ì ÓÚÓ·‡ÁËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ JPEG. JPEG Ç˚·Ó Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍË . ‰Îfl > ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔÂÂÈÚË Í ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÏÛ ËÎË Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ Ù‡È·Ï. çÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË 1 ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ X (è‡ÛÁ‡) ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ Ò·ȉӂ. DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ÔÂÂȉÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ Ô‡ÛÁ˚. 2 ÑÎfl ‚ÓÁÓ·ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌËfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ Ò·ȉӂ ̇ÊÏËÚ H (PLAY) ËÎË X (PAUSE) ̇ÊÏËÚ èÓ‚ÓÓÚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ç‡ÊÏËÚ V/v ÍÌÓÔÍË ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ÔÓ͇Á‡ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ ‰Îfl ÔÓ‚ÓÓÚ‡ ÔÓ „ÓËÁÓÌÚ‡ÎË ËÎË ‚ÂÚË͇ÎË. Folder1 Folder2 Folder3 Folder4 Folder5 Folder6 Folder7 LJ˘ÂÌË ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl Folder8 CãAâÑôOì 3 OTMEHA àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ V/v ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ Ô‡ÔÍË, ̇ÊÏËÚ ENTER. éÚÓ·‡ÁËÚÒfl ÒÔËÒÓÍ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ Ô‡ÔÍË. ç‡ÊÏËÚ RETURN ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ ‚˚·Ó‡ MP3/JPEG. ÑÎfl B/b ‚‡˘ÂÌËfl ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÔÓ ˜‡ÒÓ‚ÓÈ ÒÚÂÎÍ ËÎË ÔÓÚË‚ ˜‡ÒÓ‚ÓÈ ÒÚÂÎÍË ‚ ÔÓˆÂÒÒ ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ̇ÊËχÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË . ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚ èËϘ‡ÌËfl ÔÓ Ù‡ÈÎ‡Ï JPEG ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÂÒ¸ ‚ ÒÔËÒÍ هÈÎÓ‚ Ë ıÓÚËÚ ‚ÂÌÛÚ¸Òfl ‚ ÒÔËÒÓÍ Ô‡ÔÓÍ, ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ V/v ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl (Ô‡ÔÍË) “ ” Ë Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER ‰Îfl ‚ÓÁ‚‡˘ÂÌËfl Í Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ ˝Í‡ÌÛ ÏÂÌ˛. éÚ ‡Áχ Ë ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚‡ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ JPEG Á‡‚ËÒËÚ ‚ÂÏfl, ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ DVD-ÂÒË‚ÂÛ ‰Îfl ÔÓ˜ÚÂÌËfl ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÏÓ„Ó ‰ËÒ͇. ÖÒÎË ÔÓ ËÒÚ˜ÂÌË ÌÂÒÍÓθÍËı ÏËÌÛÚ Ì‡ ˝Í‡Ì Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ËÌÙÓχˆËÓÌÌÓ ÓÍÌÓ, ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ هÈÎ˚ ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ ·Óθ¯Ë ÔÓ Ó·˙ÂÏÛ ÔÓÔÓ·ÛÈÚ ÛÏÂ̸¯ËÚ¸ ‡Á¯ÂÌË JPEG ‰Ó 2 Ï„‡ÔËÍÒÂÎÂÈ Ë Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ú¸ Ëı ̇ ‰Û„ÓÈ ‰ËÒÍ. 鷢 ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚Ó Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ Ë Ô‡ÔÓÍ Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍ Ì ‰ÓÎÊÌÓ Ô‚˚¯‡Ú¸ 650. çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ‰ËÒÍË ÏÓ„ÛÚ Ì ˜ËÚ‡Ú¸Òfl ÂÒË‚ÂÓÏ ‚ÒΉÒÚ‚Ë ‰Û„Ó„Ó ÙÓχڇ Á‡ÔËÒË ËÎË ËÁ-Á‡ ÒÓÒÚÓflÌËfl ‰ËÒ͇. èË ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ ‰Îfl Á‡ÔËÒË Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ JPEG ̇ ‰ËÒÍ CD-R Ô‰ ÍÓÔËÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ ‚ ÔÓÂÍÚ ‰ËÒ͇ ۷‰ËÚÂÒ¸, ˜ÚÓ ‚Ò ‚˚·‡ÌÌ˚ هÈÎ˚ ËÏÂ˛Ú ‡Ò¯ËÂÌËfl ".jpg". ÖÒÎË Ù‡ÈÎ˚ ËÏÂ˛Ú ‡Ò¯ËÂÌËfl ".jpe" ËÎË ".jpeg", ÔÂÂËÏÂÌÛÈÚ Ëı ‚ Ù‡ÈÎ˚ Ò ‡Ò¯ËÂÌËflÏË".jpg". чÌÌ˚È DVD-ÂÒË‚Â Ì ÒÔÓÒÓ·ÂÌ Ò˜ËÚ˚‚‡Ú¸ Ù‡ÈÎ˚ Ò ËÏÂ̇ÏË ·ÂÁ ‡Ò¯ËÂÌËfl ".jpg", ‰‡Ê ÂÒÎË ˝ÚË Ù‡ÈÎ˚ ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡˛ÚÒfl ‚ Windows Explorer(r) (ÔÓ‚Ó‰ÌËÍÂ) Í‡Í Ù‡ÈÎ˚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ JPEG. 4 àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ V/v ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ هȷ, Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER ËÎË H (ÇéëèêéàáÇÖÑÖçàÖ). á‡ÔÛÒÚËÚÒfl ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚. ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚, ̇ÊÏËÚ RETURN ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ Í Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ ÏÂÌ˛ (ÏÂÌ˛ JPEG). ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD TOP MENU ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ ̇ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Û˛ ÒÚ‡ÌˈÛ. ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD MENU ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ ̇ Ô‰˚‰Û˘Û˛ ÒÚ‡ÌËˆÛ èËϘ‡ÌË î‡ÈÎ JPEG, Ì Ëϲ˘ËÈ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl, ÔÓÔÛÒ͇ÂÚÒfl. JPEG Folder1 Picture1.jpg Picture2.jpg Picture3.jpg Picture4.jpg Picture5.jpg Picture6.jpg Picture7.jpg 5/32 1024X768 CãAâÑôOì OTMEHA 5/32 1024X768 Picture5.jpg ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚ ëÍÓÓÒÚ¸ ÔÓ͇Á‡ Ò·ȉ‡ ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸: Å˚ÒÚ‡fl, ëڇ̉‡Ú̇fl, å‰ÎÂÌ̇fl, Ç˚ÍÎ. ÑÎfl B/b ‚˚‰ÂÎÂÌËfl ÒÍÓÓÒÚË ÔÓ͇Á‡ Ò·ȉӂ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË , Á‡ÚÂÏ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl V/v ‚˚·Ó‡ ÓÔˆËË, ÍÓÚÓÛ˛ ‚˚ ıÓÚÂÎË ·˚ ÔËÏÂÌËÚ¸, Ë Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER. 5 ç‡ÊÏËÚ x (ëÚÓÔ) ‰Îfl ÔÂ͇˘ÂÌËfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡. éÚÓ·‡ÁËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ JPEG. 27 ùÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËfl èÓÒÏÓÚ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ JPEG ̇ ‰ËÒÍ èÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË CD èÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‡Û‰ËÓ Ë MP3-‰ËÒÍÓ‚ îÛÌ͈Ëfl ÔÓ„‡ÏÏËÓ‚‡ÌËfl (Program) ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ÒÓı‡ÌflÚ¸ ËÁ·‡ÌÌ˚ ‚‡ÏË ÚÂÍË Í‡ÍÓ„Ó-ÎË·Ó ‰ËÒ͇ ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚË DVD-ÂÒ˂‡. åÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ Á‡ÔÓ„‡ÏÏËÓ‚‡ÌÓ ‰Ó 30 ÚÂÍÓ‚. 1 ç‡ÊÏËÚ PROGRAM, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚ÓÈÚË ‚ ÂÊËÏ Â‰‡ÍÚËÓ‚‡ÌËfl ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ (Program Edit). ëÔ‡‚‡ ÓÚ ÒÎÓ‚‡ Program ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Á̇˜ÓÍ ‚ Ô‡‚ÓÈ ˜‡ÒÚË ˝Í‡Ì‡ ÏÂÌ˛. èËϘ‡ÌË ç‡ÊÏËÚ PROGRAM ‰Îfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÂÊËχ ‰‡ÍÚËÓ‚‡ÌËfl ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚; Á̇˜ÓÍ ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ. VCD2.0 VCD1.1 MP3 èÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ èËϘ‡ÌËÂ ç‡ ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÂ Ò ÙÛÌ͈ËflÏË PBC (ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ), ‚˚ ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÓÚÍβ˜ËÚ¸ PBC ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ ‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ Program. ëÏ. ÒÚ. 20. 1 2 ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍ Ë Á‡ÍÓÈÚ ÎÓÚÓÍ. ç‡ÊÏËÚ PROGRAM èÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ VCD Program. èËϘ‡ÌË ç‡ÊÏËÚ RETURN, PROGRAM ËÎË H (ÇéëèêéàáÇÖÑÖçàÖ) ‰Îfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÏÂÌ˛ Program. Ç˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ ÒÓ 2 ÔÓ 6 ˝Ú‡Ô˚ ‡Á‰Â· “èÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ Ë MP3-‰ËÒÍÓ‚”. 3 ç‡ ÚÂν͇Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÒÓÓ·˘ÂÌË "PROGRAM". 2 3 Ç˚·ÂËÚ ÚÂÍ, Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER ‰Îfl ‡ÁÏ¢ÂÌËfl ‚˚·‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÚÂ͇ ‚ ÒÔËÒÍ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ (Program List). TRACK 2 TRACK 3 TRACK 4 TRACK 5 TRACK 6 TRACK 7 TRACK 8 CD åÂÌ˛ MP3-‰ËÒ͇ MP3 TRACK01 TRACK 8.mp3 TRACK TRACK TRACK TRACK TRACK TRACK TRACK TRACK TRACK02 TRACK03 TRACK04 TRACK05 TRACK06 TRACK07 TRACK08 0: 56: 18 5 TRACK 1 èÓ‚ÚÓËÚ 2 ˝Ú‡Ô ‰Îfl ‡ÁÏ¢ÂÌËfl ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌ˚ı ÚÂÍÓ‚ ‚ ÒÔËÒÍ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ (Program List). åÂÌ˛ ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒ͇ 4 VCD ST AUTO 1.mp3 2.mp3 3.mp3 4.mp3 5.mp3 6.mp3 7.mp3 8.mp3 00:00 TRACK 2.mp3 TRACK 4.mp3 TRACK 3.mp3 ‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ ËÁ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ„Ó 4 ÑÎfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÌÓχθÌÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ PROGRAM. ëÓÓ·˘ÂÌË " PROGRAM " ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ Ò ÚÂÎÂ˝Í‡Ì‡. èÓ‚ÚÓ Á‡ÔÓ„‡ÏÏËÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ı ÚÂÍÓ‚. 3 Çõäã. ç‡ÊÏËÚ b. èÓÒΉÌËÈ ‚˚·‡ÌÌ˚È ÚÂÍ ËÁ Á‡ÔÓ„‡ÏÏËÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ı ·Û‰ÂÚ ‚˚‰ÂÎÂÌ ‚ ÒÔËÒÍ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚. 1 ç‡ÊÏËÚ REPEAT ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl Á‡ÔÓ„‡ÏÏËÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ı ÚÂÍÓ‚. ç‡ ÚÂν͇Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ËÍÓÌ͇ Repeat. 2 Press REPEAT to select a desired repeat mode. TRACK ÑÎfl V/v ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‚˚·‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÚÂ͇ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË . ç‡ÊÏËÚ H (ÇéëèêéàáÇÖÑÖçàÖ) ËÎË ENTER ‰Îfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ̇˜ÌÂÚÒfl ‚ Á‡ÔÓ„‡ÏÏËÓ‚‡ÌÌÓÏ ÔÓfl‰ÍÂ Ë Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÌÓÏ ÏÂÌ˛ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÒÓÓ·˘ÂÌË "PGM". ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ÔÂ͇˘‡ÂÚÒfl, ÍÓ„‰‡ ‚Ò ‰Ó·‡‚ÎÂÌÌ˚ ‚ ÒÔËÒÓÍ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ ÚÂÍË ·Û‰ÛÚ ÔÓË„‡Ì˚. 7 ÑÎfl ‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ ËÁ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÌÓχθÌÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ PROGRAM. Ç˚·ÂËÚ ÚÂÍ Ì‡ ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍ (ËÎË MP3-‰ËÒÍÂ) Ë Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER ËÎË H (ÇéëèêéàáÇÖÑÖçàÖ). OFF • ÚÂÍ: ÔÓ‚ÚÓ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ÚÂ͇. • ‚ÒÂ: ÔÓ‚ÚÓ ‚ÒÂı ÚÂÍÓ‚ ËÁ ÒÔËÒ͇ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚. • ‚˚ÍÎ.: (Ì ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡ÂÚÒfl) ÓÚÍÎ. ÔÓ‚ÚÓ‡. ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD TOP MENU ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ Í ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ ÒÚ‡ÌˈÂ. ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD MENU ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ Í Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÈ ÒÚ‡ÌˈÂ. 6 ALL 쉇ÎÂÌË ÚÂ͇ ËÁ ÒÔËÒ͇ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ 1 ç‡ÊÏËÚ PROGRAM ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl (ÚÓθÍÓ ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ËÎË ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ MP3) ËÎË ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÂÊËÏ Â‰‡ÍÚËÓ‚‡ÌËfl ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚. èÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Á̇˜ÓÍ 2 ç‡ÊÏËÚ b ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ ‚ ÒÔËÒÓÍ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚. 3 àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ V/v ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÚÂ͇, ÍÓÚÓ˚È ·˚ ‚˚ ıÓÚÂÎË Û‰‡ÎËÚ¸ ËÁ ÒÔËÒ͇ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚. 4 ç‡ÊÏËÚ CLEAR. íÂÍ ·Û‰ÂÚ Û‰‡ÎÂÌ ËÁ ÒÔËÒ͇ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚. 쉇ÎÂÌË ‚ÒÂ„Ó ÒÔËÒ͇ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚. 1 Ç˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ ˝Ú‡Ô˚ 1 Ë 2 ‚ ‡Á‰ÂΠ"쉇ÎÂÌË ÚÂ͇ ËÁ ÒÔËÒ͇ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚". 2 àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ V/v ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ "쉇ÎËÚ¸ ‚ÒÂ", Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER. ÇÒfl ÔÓ„‡Ïχ ‰Îfl ‰ËÒ͇ ·Û‰ÂÚ Û‰‡ÎÂ̇. ëÓÓ·˘ÂÌË "PGM" ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ Ò ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl. èËϘ‡ÌË 28 èÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ Û‰‡Îfl˛ÚÒfl ËÁ Ô‡ÏflÚË ÔË ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌËË ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl. èÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ Û‰‡Îfl˛ÚÒfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ÔË Û‰‡ÎÂÌËË ‰ËÒ͇. èÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ Û‰‡Îfl˛ÚÒfl ÔË ‚˚·Ó ‰Û„Ëı ÙÛÌ͈ËÓ̇θÌ˚ı ÂÊËÏÓ‚ (̇ÔËÏÂ, VIDEO, FM, AM). ç‡ÒÚÓÈ͇ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ S S ê‡ÒÒÚÓflÌË ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Í DVD-ÂÒË‚ÂÛ, Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÓÔ‰ÂÎflÂÚÒfl ÔÛÚ¸, ÍÓÚÓ˚È ‰ÓÎÊÂÌ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÔÂÓ‰ÓÎÂÚ¸ Á‚ÛÍ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‰ÓÒÚ˘¸ ÔÓÁˈËË ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl. ùÚÓ ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ÒÎÛ¯‡ÚÂβ ÔÓÎÛ˜‡Ú¸ Á‚ÛÍ ÒÓ ‚ÒÂı ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Ó‰ÌÓ‚ÂÏÂÌÌÓ. èËϘ‡ÌË ê‡ÒÒÚÓflÌË ‰Ó Ò‡·‚ÛÙ‡ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍ Ì ÔÓ‰ÎÂÊËÚ. 0.3 m íÂÒÚËÓ‚‡ÌË 1 2 3 4 5 ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD SETUP. èÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ. Ç˚·ÂËÚ “5.1 Speaker Setup” Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ V/v ÍÌÓÔÓÍ ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ. äÓ„‰‡ ·Û‰ÂÚ ‚˚·‡Ì ÔÛÌÍÚ "5.1 Speaker Setup", b ̇ÊÏËÚ . ç‡ÊÏËÚ b ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ„Ó ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ‡ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚. ç‡ÒÚÓËÚ¸ ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÏÓÊÌÓ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ V/v/B/b ÍÌÓÔÓÍ . ÑÎfl ÔÓ‚ÂÍË Ò˄̇ÎÓ‚, ËÒıÓ‰fl˘Ëı ÒÓ ‚ÒÂı ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚, ̇ÊÏËÚ ENTER. éÚ„ÛÎËÛÈÚ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚ¸, ˜ÚÓ·˚ Òӄ·ÒÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÛÓ‚ÌË Á‚Û͇ ÚÂÒÚÓ‚˚ı Ò˄̇ÎÓ‚, ÒÓı‡ÌflÂÏ˚ı ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚË ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚. îÓÌڇθÌ˚È ã‚˚È (ã)→ ñÂÌڇθÌ˚È →îÓÌڇθÌ˚È è‡‚˚È (è)→ í˚ÎÓ‚ÓÈ è‡‚˚È (è) → í˚ÎÓ‚ÓÈ ã‚˚È (ã) → 뇷‚ÛÙÂ. Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ÚÂÒÚËÓ‚‡ÌËÂ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ V/v. ÇÓÁ‚‡Ú ÑÎfl ‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ Í Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ ÏÂÌ˛, ̇ÊÏËÚ ENTER. Ç˚·Ó ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Ç˚·ÂËÚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚, ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË ÍÓÚÓÓ„Ó ‚˚ ıÓÚÂÎË ·˚ ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸ (îÓÌڇθÌ˚È ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ (΂˚È), îÓÌڇθÌ˚È ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ (Ô‡‚˚È), ñÂÌڇθÌ˚È ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ, í˚ÎÓ‚ÓÈ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ (΂˚È), í˚ÎÓ‚ÓÈ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ (Ô‡‚˚È) ËÎË ë‡·‚ÛÙÂ). èËϘ‡ÌË çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Á‡Ô¢ÂÌ˚ ÎˈÂÌÁËÓÌÌ˚Ï Òӄ·¯ÂÌËÂÏ ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËË Dolby Digital. ÉÓÏÍÓÒÚ¸ ç‡ÊÏËÚ B / b ‰Îfl ÍÓÂÍÚËÓ‚ÍË ‚˚ıÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó ÛÓ‚Ìfl „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË ‚˚·‡ÌÌÓÈ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚. (-6 ‰Å ~ 6 ‰Å). ê‡ÁÏ чÌÌ˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË Ì ÍÓÂÍÚËÛ˛ÚÒfl, ÔÓÒÍÓθÍÛ ‡ÁÏ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Ì ËÁÏÂÌflÂÚÒfl. ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ‰Îfl Ò‡·‚ÛÙ‡ “·Óθ¯ÓÈ”, ‡ ‰Îfl ‰Û„Ëı ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ ‡ÁÏÂ˚ “χÎÂ̸ÍË”. 29 ùÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËfl Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ̇ÒÚÓËÚ¸ Ò‚ÓË ÔÂÒÓ̇θÌ˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ‚ ÙÛÌ͈ËÓ̇θÌÓÏ ÂÊËÏ DVD. Ç˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ë ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË ‚ÒÚÓÂÌÌÓ„Ó ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ„Ó 5.1 ͇̇θÌÓ„Ó ‰ÂÍӉ‡. ÑÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθ̇fl ËÌÙÓχˆËfl ìÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ Ú‡Èχ, Ò‡·‡Ú˚‚‡˛˘Â„Ó ‚ Á‡‰‡ÌÌÓ ‚ÂÏfl åÓÊÌÓ Ì‡ÒÚÓËÚ¸ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â Ú‡ÍËÏ Ó·‡ÁÓÏ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÓÌ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ÓÚÍβ˜‡ÎÒfl ‚ Û͇Á‡ÌÌÓ ‚ÂÏfl. 1 ç‡ÊÏËÚ SLEEP ‰Îfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÌÛÊÌÓ„Ó ‚ÂÏÂÌË ‡‚ÚÓÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌËfl ì͇Á‡ÚÂθ SLEEP Ë ‚ÂÏfl ‡‚ÚÓÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌËfl ÓÚÓ·‡ÁflÚÒfl ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl. 2 Each time you press SLEEP the setting changes in the following order. SLEEP 90 →80 → 70 → 60→ 50 → 40 → 30 → 20 →10 → Ç˚ÍÎ. èËϘ‡ÌË Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓ‚ÂËÚ¸ ‚ÂÏfl, ÓÒÚ‡˛˘ÂÂÒfl ‰Ó ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl DVD-ÂÒ˂‡. ç‡ÊÏËÚ SLEEP. éÒÚ‡‚¯ÂÂÒfl ‚ÂÏfl ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl. èÓÒÏÓÚ ‚ÂÏÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl Ë ÓÒÚ‡‚¯Â„ÓÒfl ‚ÂÏÂÌË Ì‡ Ô‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓ‚ÂËÚ¸ ËÌÙÓχˆË˛ Ó ‰ËÒÍÂ, ̇ÔËÏÂ, ÓÒÚ‡‚¯ÂÂÒfl ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl, Ó·˘Â ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚Ó Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÓ‚ ̇ DVD ËÎË ÚÂÍÓ‚ ̇ ÍÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ-‰ËÒÍÂ, ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍ ËÎË åê3-‰ËÒÍÂ, ̇ ‰ËÒÔΠԉÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË. ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DISPLAY ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. ä‡Ê‰Ó ̇ʇÚË ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰ËÒÔÎÂÈ (DISPLAY) ÔË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË ‰ËÒ͇ ÏÂÌflÂÚ ‰ËÒÔÎÂÈ. èËϘ‡ÌËfl éÒ‚Â˘ÂÌÌÓÒÚ¸ ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚ ÓÒ‚Â˘ÂÌË ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl Ë Û˜ÍË „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË ‚ ‚Íβ˜ÂÌÌÓÏ ÒÓÒÚÓflÌËË. çÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‡Á ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DIMMER. éÚÍβ˜ÂÌË Á‚Û͇ óÚÓ·˚ ‚ÂÏÂÌÌÓ ‚˚Íβ˜ËÚ¸ Á‚ÛÍ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ˝ÚÛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ. Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚˚Íβ˜ËÚ¸ Á‚ÛÍ, ̇ÔËÏÂ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÓÚ‚ÂÚËÚ¸ ̇ ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÌ˚È Á‚ÓÌÓÍ. èË ˝ÚÓÏ Ì‡ ‰ËÒÔΠ·Û‰ÂÚ ÏË„‡Ú¸ Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ: MUTE. ÑÎfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÂÊËχ ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌËfl Á‚Û͇ ÒÌÓ‚‡ ̇ÊÏËÚ MUTING. àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ‡Á˙Âχ ̇ۯÌËÍÓ‚ ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ÒÚÂÂÓ̇ۯÌËÍË ( 3.5mm) ‚ ‡Á˙ÂÏ PHONES. èË ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËË Ì‡Û¯ÌËÍÓ‚ (‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ Ì ‚ıÓ‰flÚ), ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ÓÚÍβ˜‡˛ÚÒfl. ê„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌË „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ „ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ú¸ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÍË VOLUME (-/+). àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ‡ Ç ÒËÒÚÂÏ Ô‰ÛÒÏÓÚÂÌÓ ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌË ‡Á΢Ì˚ı Á‚ÛÍÓ‚˚ı ˝ÙÙÂÍÚÓ‚ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ. Ç˚·ÂËÚ Á‚ÛÍ, ÍÓÚÓ˚È ‚‡Ï ̇‚ËÚÒfl. Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ÚËÔ‡ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÏÓ„Ó ‰ËÒ͇ Ë ÂÊËχ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl, ËÌÙÓχˆËfl Ó ‰ËÒÍ ÏÓÊÂÚ Ì ‚˚‚Ó‰ËÚ¸Òfl ̇ ‰ËÒÔÎÂÈ. ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇ ÚÓθÍÓ ÔË ‡·ÓÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚ ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ Ò ÙÛÌ͈ËflÏË PBC ̇ ‰ËÒÔÎÂÈ ‚˚‚Ó‰ËÚÒfl ÚÓθÍÓ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ÒˆÂÌ˚. ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ Ú‡ÍÊ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl Ë ÓÒÚ‡‚¯ÂÂÒfl ‚ÂÏfl ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ‡Á‰Â·, Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇, ÚÂ͇, ÒˆÂÌ˚ ËÎË ‰ËÒ͇. ç‡ÊÏËÚ DSGX ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. ÄÍÚË‚ËÛÂÚÒfl Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ. DSGX äÓ„‰‡ ‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl ÂÊËÏ DSGX, ÛÒËÎË‚‡˛ÚÒfl ÌËÁÍË Á‚ÛÍÓ‚˚ ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ˚. ÑÎfl ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌËfl Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ‡ ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DSGX ̇ ÔÛθÚ ¢ ‡Á. èËϘ‡ÌË ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl ̇ۯÌËÍÓ‚, ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl DSGX Ì ‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇. чÌ̇fl ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl Ú‡ÍÊ Ì ‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇ ‚ ÂÊËÏ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. 30 艂‡ËÚÂθ̇fl ̇ÒÚÓÈ͇ Òڇ̈ËÈ èÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌË ‡‰ËÓ Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚ÌÂÒÚË ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚ¸ ‰Ó 30 Òڇ̈ËÈ ‚ ‰Ë‡Ô‡ÁÓ̇ı FM Ë AM (MW). è‰ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍÓÈ Û·Â‰ËÚÂÒ¸ ‚ ÚÓÏ, ˜ÚÓ ‚˚ ÛÏÂ̸¯ËÎË „ÓÏÍÓÒÚ¸ ‰Ó ÏËÌËÏÛχ. ÑÎfl ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl ‡‰ËÓ, Ô‰‚‡ËÚÂθÌÓ ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ Á‡ÌÂÒÚË ‡‰ËÓÒڇ̈ËË ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚ¸ DVD-ÂÒ˂‡ (ëÏ. ‡Á‰ÂÎ "艂‡ËÚÂθ̇fl ̇ÒÚÓÈ͇ Òڇ̈ËÈ" Ò΂‡). 1 2 ç‡ÊËχÈÚ TUNER/BAND ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰Ó ÚÂı ÔÓ, ÔÓ͇ ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl FM ËÎË AM (MW). 1 3 ç‡ÊÏËÚÂ Ë Û‰ÂÊË‚‡ÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TUNING - ËÎË + ̇ ÔÛθÚ ÓÍÓÎÓ ‰‚Ûı ÒÂÍÛ̉, ÔÓ͇ ÔÓ͇Á‡ÌËfl ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ˚ Ì ÒÚ‡ÌÛÚ ËÁÏÂÌflÚ¸Òfl, Á‡ÚÂÏ ÓÚÔÛÒÚËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ. 4 ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ÔÓÒΠ˝ÚÓ„Ó ·Û‰ÂÚ ̇ÊËχڸ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TUNER/BAND, ÂÊËÏ˚ FM Ë AM ·Û‰ÛÚ ÔÓÔÂÂÏÂÌÌÓ ÔÂÂÍβ˜‡Ú¸Òfl. 2 ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‡Á PRESET -/+ ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ„Ó ÌÓχ ‡‰ËÓÒڇ̈ËË. ä‡Ê‰˚È ‡Á, ÍÓ„‰‡ ‚˚ ̇ÊËχÂÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ, DVD-ÂÒË‚Â Ò‡ÁÛ Ê ̇Òڇ˂‡ÂÚÒfl ̇ Ó‰ËÌ ÌÓÏ Òڇ̈ËË. 3 éÚ„ÛÎËÛÈÚ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÍË VOLUME + ËÎË -. ÑÎfl ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl ‡‰ËÓ ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TUNER MENU ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. ç‡ÊÏËÚ @ / 1 ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ‰Îfl ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌËfl DVDÂÒ˂‡ ËÎË ‚˚·Ó‡ ‰Û„Ó„Ó ÙÛÌ͈ËÓ̇θÌÓ„Ó ÂÊËχ (CD/DVD, VIDEO ËÎË TV). ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TUNING - ËÎË + ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÌÓχ, ÔÓ ‚‡¯ÂÏÛ Ê·Ì˲. ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TUNER MENU ̇ ÔÛθÚ ¢ ‡Á. èÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌË Òڇ̈ËÈ, Ì ‚ÌÂÒÂÌÌ˚ı ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚ¸ àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ۘÌÛ˛ ËÎË ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÛ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍÛ, Í‡Í ÓÔËÒ‡ÌÓ ‚Ó 2 ˝Ú‡ÔÂ. ÑÎfl Û˜ÌÓÈ Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍË ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‡Á ̇ÊÏËÚ TUNING - ËÎË + ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. ÑÎfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍË Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ Ë Û‰ÂÊË‚‡ÈÚ TUNING - ËÎË + ̇ ÔÛθÚ ÓÍÓÎÓ 2 ÒÂÍÛ̉. ꇉËÓÒڇ̈Ëfl ·Û‰ÂÚ Á‡ÌÂÒÂ̇ ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚ¸. èÓ‚ÚÓËÚ ˝Ú‡Ô˚ Ò 3 ÔÓ 6 ‰Îfl ÒÓı‡ÌÂÌËfl ‰Û„Ëı Òڇ̈ËÈ. ÑÎfl ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË Ì‡ ÒÚ‡ÌˆË˛ ÒÓ Ò··˚Ï Ò˄̇ÎÓÏ çÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‡Á ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TUNING - ËÎË + ̇ 3 ˝Ú‡Ô ‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ̇ÒÚÓËÚ¸ ÒÚ‡ÌˆË˛ ‚Û˜ÌÛ˛. ÑÎfl Û‰‡ÎÂÌËfl ‚ÒÂı ÒÓı‡ÌÂÌÌ˚ı Òڇ̈ËÈ ç‡ÊÏËÚÂ Ë Û‰ÂÊË‚‡ÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TUNER MENU ÓÍÓÎÓ ‰‚Ûı ÒÂÍÛ̉, ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl ÓÚÓ·‡ÁËÚÒfl ÒÓÓ·˘ÂÌË “CLEAR ALL” (쉇ÎËÚ¸ ‚ÒÂ), Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ÒÌÓ‚‡ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TUNER MENU, ‚Ò Òڇ̈ËË Û‰‡ÎflÚÒfl. ÅÛ‰ÂÚ Ì‡ÒÚÓÂ̇ ÔÓÒΉÌflfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌ̇fl Òڇ̈Ëfl. èÓËÒÍ ÔÂ͇ÚËÚÒfl Í‡Í ÚÓθÍÓ DVD/CD êÂÒË‚Â Ì ̇ÒÚÓËÚÒfl ̇ ‡‰ËÓÒÚ‡ÌˆË˛. Ç ˝ÚÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â, ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl ÔÓfl‚flÚÒfl ̇‰ÔËÒË "TUNED" Ë "ST" (‰Îfl ÒÚÂÂÓÔÓ„‡ÏÏ).. ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl Á‡ÏË„‡ÂÚ ÌÓÏÂ, ÔÓ‰ ÍÓÚÓ˚Ï ·Û‰ÂÚ Á‡ÔË҇̇ Òڇ̈Ëfl. 5 6 7 ç‡ÊËχÈÚ TUNER/BAND ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰Ó ÚÂı ÔÓ, ÔÓ͇ ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl FM ËÎË AM (MW). ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ÒÎÛ˜‡ÈÌÓ Á‡¯ÎË ‚ ÂÊËÏ "CLEAR ALL" (쉇ÎËÚ¸ ‚ÒÂ) Ë ‚˚ Ì ıÓÚËÚ ÌË˜Â„Ó Û‰‡ÎflÚ¸, ÌË˜Â„Ó Ì ̇ÊËχÈÚÂ. èÓÒΠÌÂÒÍÓθÍËı ÒÂÍÛ̉, ÒÓÓ·˘ÂÌË "CLEAR ALL" ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ Ò ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl Ë ÂÒË‚Â ÔÂÂȉÂÚ ‚ ÌÓχθÌ˚È ÂÊËÏ. èËϘ‡ÌË ÖÒÎË ‚Ò Òڇ̈ËË ÛÊ Á‡ÌÂÒÂÌ˚ ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚ¸, ̇ ‰ËÒÔΠÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÒÓÓ·˘ÂÌË FULL (á‡ÔÓÎÌÂÌÓ), Á‡ÚÂÏ Á‡ÏË„‡ÂÚ ÌÓÏÂ, ÔÓ‰ ÍÓÚÓ˚Ï ·˚· Á‡ÔË҇̇ Òڇ̈Ëfl. ÑÎfl ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl ÌÓχ, ‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ ˝Ú‡Ô˚ 5 Ë 6, Í‡Í Û͇Á‡ÌÓ ‚˚¯Â. Ç˚·Ó ‡‰ËÓÒڇ̈ËÈ ÌÂÔÓÒ‰ÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ Á‡ÌÂÒÂÌÌ˚ı ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚ¸. ÑÎfl ÌÂÔÓÒ‰ÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ„Ó ‚˚·Ó‡ ÌÛÊÌÓÈ Òڇ̈ËË ËÁ Ô‡ÏflÚË ÏÓÊÌÓ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÍÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË Ì‡ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. ä ÔËÏÂÛ, ‰Îfl ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl ‡‰ËÓÒڇ̈ËË, Á‡ÌÂÒÂÌÌÓÈ ÔÓ‰ ÌÓÏÂÓÏ 4, ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ˆËÙÛ 4 ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. ÑÎfl ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl ‡‰ËÓÒڇ̈ËË, Á‡ÌÂÒÂÌÌÓÈ ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚ¸ ÔÓ‰ ÌÓÏÂÓÏ 19, ̇ÊÏËÚ Ò̇˜‡Î‡ ̇ ˆËÙÛ 1, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ 9 (‚ Ú˜ÂÌË 3 ÒÂÍÛ̉). ç‡ Á‡ÏÂÚÍÛ ÖÒÎË ÔË ÔËÂÏ FM ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ ÔËÒÛÚÒÚ‚Û˛Ú ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌ˚ ¯ÛÏ˚. ç‡ÊÏËÚ FM MODE (ÂÊËÏ FM) ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ Ò ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl ËÒ˜ÂÁÎÓ "ST". ëÚÂÂÓ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ, Á‡ÚÓ ÛÎÛ˜¯ËÚÒfl ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Ó ÔËÂχ. óÚÓ·˚ ‚ÓÒÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ÒÚÂÂÓ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ, ÒÌÓ‚‡ ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ FM MODE (ÂÊËÏ FM). ÑÎfl ÛÎÛ˜¯ÂÌËfl ÔËÂχ èÂÂÓËÂÌÚËÛÈÚ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌÛ, ‚ıÓ‰fl˘Û˛ ‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ. 31 ùÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËfl ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ‡‰ËÓ ê‡·ÓÚ‡ Ò ÔÛθÚÓÏ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‚ıÓ‰fl˘Â„Ó ‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ ÔÓÒÚ‡‚ÍË ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÏÓÊÌÓ Â„ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÛÓ‚Â̸ Á‚Û͇, ‚˚·Ë‡Ú¸ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ ‚ıÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó Ò˄̇· Ë ÛÔ‡‚ÎflÚ¸ ÔËÚ‡ÌËÂÏ ‚‡¯Â„Ó ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡. ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ ÑÎfl ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÔÓ͇Á‡ÌÌ˚ ÌËÊ ÍÌÓÔÍË äÌÓÔ͇ îÛÌ͈Ëfl TV @ / 1 TV ÇÍβ˜ÂÌËÂ Ë ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ TV/VIDEO TV/VIDEO èÂÂÍβ˜ÂÌË ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ ‡ ‚ıÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó Ò˄̇· ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ (Ú˛Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ËÎË ‰Û„ÓÈ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ). TV CH +/- ë͇ÌËÓ‚‡ÌË ‚‚Âı Ë ‚ÌËÁ ÒÔËÒ͇ Á‡ÌÂÒÂÌÌ˚ı ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚ¸ ͇̇ÎÓ‚. TV VOL +/- ê„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌË „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ TV @ / 1 TV ÑÎfl ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË. èÓÒΠÚÓ„Ó, Í‡Í ‚˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÎË ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‚ ÂÊËÏ TV, ‚˚ ÒÏÓÊÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÍÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË ‰Îfl ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ. àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÍÌÓÔÓÍ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ äÌÓÔ͇ TV Á‡„Ó‡ÂÚÒfl ͇ÒÌ˚Ï Ò‚ÂÚÓÏ, Ë ÔÛÎ¸Ú ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒfl ‚ ÂÊËÏ TV. Ç˚ ÒÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÂÂÍβ˜‡Ú¸ ͇̇Î˚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË. >äÌÓÔ͇ >10 ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰Ëχ ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ͇̇ÎÓ‚, ÌÓχ ÍÓÚÓ˚ı Ô‚˚¯‡˛Ú 10. ‰Îfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÂÊËχ TV, ̇ÊÏËÚ ¢ ‡Á ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TV. èËϘ‡ÌË ÑÎfl ÚÓ„Ó ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÛÔ‡‚ÎflÚ¸ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ, ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TV. äÌÓÔ͇ TV ÔÓÚÛı‡ÂÚ, ÂÒÎË ‚˚ Ì ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‚ Ú˜ÂÌË 10 ÒÂÍÛ̉. ÑÎfl ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓ‚, ‰‡ÌÌ˚È ÔÛÎ¸Ú Ì ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰ËÚ. TV/VIDEO TV CH +/TV VOL +/- 32 ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚ ÑÎfl ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓ‚ ÓÚ ‰Û„Ëı ÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÂÎÂÈ, ËÒÔÓθÁÛ˛ÚÒfl ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ë ÏÂÚÓ‰˚. ÑÎfl ‰‚ÛÁ̇˜ÌÓ„Ó ˜ËÒ·, ̇ÊÏËÚ Ò̇˜‡Î‡ -/--, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ ˜ËÒÎÓ. (ä ÔËÏÂÛ, ‰Îfl ͇̇· 25, ̇ÊÏËÚ -/--, Á‡ÚÂÏ 2 Ë 5). àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ ÙËÏ˚ Sony äÌÓÔ͇ SONY TV DIRECT TV äÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË çÓÏ TV/VIDEO 0 2 àÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ ‚ıÓ‰‡ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ çÂÚ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ ‚ıÓ‰‡ (èÓ ÛÏÓΘ‡Ì˲) 1 ÇàÑÖé1 2 ÇàÑÖé2 3 ÇàÑÖé3 4 ÇàÑÖé4 5 ÇàÑÖé5 6 ÇàÑÖé6 7 äéåèéçÖçí 1 ÇïéÑ 8 äéåèéçÖçí 2 ÇïéÑ ùÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËfl îÛÌ͈Ëfl SONY TV DIRECT ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ¸ Í ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ SONY, ËÁÏÂÌflÚ¸ ÂÊËÏ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ̇ "CD/DVD", ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ ÔÂÂÍβ˜ËÚ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍË ‚ıÓ‰‡ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓ‚. ç‡ÊÏËÚÂ Ë Û‰ÂÊË‚‡ÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TV CH+ ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚‚‰ÂÌËfl ÍÓ‰‡ ‰Îfl Ô‰‡‚‡ÂÏÓ„Ó ‚ÂÏÂÌË (ÒÏ. Ú‡·ÎËˆÛ ÌËÊÂ) Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË. ÅÛ‰ÂÚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÓ ‚ÂÏfl Ô‰‡˜Ë Ò ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ÛÒÔ¯ÌÓ ‚‚ÂÎË ÍÓ‰ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ ‚ıÓ‰‡ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡, ÍÌÓÔ͇ TV ωÎÂÌÌÓ Á‡ÏË„‡ÂÚ ‰‚‡ ‡Á‡. ÖÒÎË ‚ÓÁÌËÍ· ӯ˷͇ ÔË ‚‚‰ÂÌËË, ÍÌÓÔ͇ TV Á‡ÏË„‡ÂÚ 5 ‡Á Ë ·˚ÒÚÓ. TV/VIDEO äÌÓÔ͇ çÓÏ äÌÓÔ͇ TV CH + 1 2 0.5 (èÓ ÛÏÓΘ‡Ì˲) 1 3 1.5 4 2 5 2.5 6 3 7 3.5 8 4 TV CH +/- ùÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËfl èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇ á‡Â„ËÒÚËÛÈÚ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ ‚ıÓ‰‡ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡, ÔÓ‰Íβ˜‡ÂÏÓ„Ó Í ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏÂ. 1 ç‡ÊÏËÚÂ Ë Û‰ÂÊË‚‡ÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TV/VIDEO ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚‚‰ÂÌËfl ÍÓ‰‡ ‰Îfl ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ ‚ıÓ‰‡ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡, ÔÓ‰Íβ˜‡ÂÏÓ„Ó Í ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ (ÒÏ. Ú‡·ÎËˆÛ ÌËÊÂ) Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË. Ç˚·Ë‡ÂÚÒfl ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ ‚ıÓ‰‡ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ÛÒÔ¯ÌÓ ‚‚ÂÎË ÍÓ‰ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ ‚ıÓ‰‡ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡, ÍÌÓÔ͇ TV ωÎÂÌÌÓ Á‡ÏË„‡ÂÚ ‰‚‡ ‡Á‡. ÖÒÎË ‚ÓÁÌËÍ· ӯ˷͇ ÔË ‚‚‰ÂÌËË, ÍÌÓÔ͇ TV Á‡ÏË„‡ÂÚ 5 ‡Á Ë ·˚ÒÚÓ. ç‡Ô‡‚¸Ú ÔÛÎ¸Ú Ì‡ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Ë ‰‡ÌÌÛ˛ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ, Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ SONY TV DIRECT. ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl Ô‰‡˜Ë ÍÓ‰‡ Ò ÔÛθڇ, ÍÌÓÔ͇ TV ÏË„‡ÂÚ. èËϘ‡ÌË îÛÌ͈Ëfl ‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇ ÚÓθÍÓ ‰Îfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓ‚ ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËË SONY. ÖÒÎË ‰‡Ì̇fl ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ, ËÁÏÂÌËÚ ‚ÂÏfl Ô‰‡˜Ë. ÇÂÏfl Ô‰‡˜Ë Á‡‚ËÒËÚ ÓÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡. ÖÒÎË ‡ÒÒÚÓflÌË ÓÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ Ë ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ ·Óθ¯ÓÂ, ‰‡Ì̇fl ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ÏÓÊÂÚ Ì ҇·ÓÚ‡Ú¸. ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ ÔÓ·ÎËÊÂ Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ. ÑÂÊËÚ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ÔÓ Ì‡Ô‡‚ÎÂÌ˲ Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ Ë ÒËÒÚÂÏÂ, ÍÓ„‰‡ ÍÌÓÔ͇ TV ÏË„‡ÂÚ. 33 ëÔËÒÓÍ ÍÓ‰Ó‚ flÁ˚ÍÓ‚ ÑÎfl ̇˜‡Î¸Ì˚ı ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÓÍ "Disc Audio (‡Û‰ËÓ‰‡ÌÌ˚ ‰ËÒ͇)", "Disc Subtitle (ÒÛ·ÚËÚ˚ ̇ ‰ËÒÍÂ)" Ë/ËÎË "Disc Menu (ÏÂÌ˛ ‰ËÒ͇)" (ÒÏ. ÒÚ. 19) ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ‚‚ÂÒÚË ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÈ ÍÓ‰ flÁ˚͇. äÓ‰ üÁ˚Í äÓ‰ üÁ˚Í äÓ‰ üÁ˚Í äÓ‰ üÁ˚Í 6565 ÄÙ‡ 7079 î‡ÒË 7678 ãËÌ„‡Î¸ÒÍËÈ 8375 ëÎÓ‚‡ˆÍËÈ 6566 Ä·ı‡ÁÒÍËÈ 7082 î‡ÌˆÛÁÒÍËÈ 7679 ã‡ÓÒÒÍËÈ 8376 ëÎÓ‚ÂÌÒÍËÈ 6570 ÄÙË͇‡ÌÒ 7089 îËÁÒÍËÈ 7684 ãËÚÓ‚ÒÍËÈ 8377 ë‡ÏÓ‡ 6577 ÄÏÂı‡ËÍ 7165 à·̉ÒÍËÈ 7686 ã‡Ú˚¯ÒÍËÈ 8378 òÓ̇ 6582 ć·ÒÍËÈ 7168 òÓÚ·̉ÒÍËÈ 7771 å‡Î‡„‡ÒËÈÒÍËÈ 8379 ëÓχÎËÈÒÍËÈ 6583 ÄÒÒ‡ÏÒÍËÈ 7176 ɇÎˈËÈÒÍËÈ 7773 å‡ÓË 8381 Äη‡ÌÒÍËÈ 6588 ÄÈχÒÍËÈ 7178 ÉÛ‡‡ÌË 7775 å‡Í‰ÓÌÒÍËÈ 8382 ë·ÒÍËÈ 6590 ÄÁ·‡È‰Ê‡ÌÒÍËÈ 7185 Éۉʇ‡ÚË 7776 å‡Î‡È‡Î‡ 8385 ëÛ‰‡ÌÒÍËÈ 6665 Ň¯ÍËÒÍËÈ 7265 ï‡ÛÒ‡ 7778 åÓÌ„ÓθÒÍËÈ 8386 ò‚‰ÒÍËÈ 6669 ÅÂÎÓÛÒÒÍËÈ 7273 ïËÌ‰Ë 7779 åÓΉ‡‚ÒÍËÈ 8387 ëÛ‡ıËÎË 6671 ÅÓ΄‡ÒÍËÈ 7282 ïÓ‚‡ÚÒÍËÈ 7782 凇ÚË 8465 í‡ÏËθÒÍËÈ 6672 ÅËı‡Ë 7285 ÇÂÌ„ÂÒÍËÈ 7783 å‡Î‡ÈÒÍËÈ 8469 íÂÎÛ„Û 6678 ÅÂÌ„‡Î¸ÒÍËÈ; Ň̄‡ 7289 ÄÏflÌÒÍËÈ 7784 å‡Î¸ÚËÈÒÍËÈ 8471 "‡‰ÊËÍÒÍËÈ 6679 íË·ÂÚÒÍËÈ 7365 àÌÚÂÎËÌ„‚‡ 7789 ÅËχÌÒÍËÈ 8472 í‡ÈÒÍËÈ 6682 ÅÂÚÓÌÒÍËÈ 7378 à̉ÓÌÂÁËÈÒÍËÈ 7865 ç‡ÛË 8473 íË„Ë̸fl 6765 ä‡Ú‡ÎÓÌÒÍËÈ 7383 àÒ·̉ÒÍËÈ 7869 çÂԇθÒÍËÈ 8475 íÛÍÏÂÌÒÍËÈ 6779 äÓÒË͇ÌÒÍËÈ 7384 àڇθflÌÒÍËÈ 7876 ÉÓη̉ÒÍËÈ 8476 퇄‡Î¸ÒÍËÈ 6783 óÂıËfl 7387 à‚ËÚ 7879 çÓ‚ÂÊÒÍËÈ 8479 íÓÌ„Ó 6789 ì˝Î¸ÒÍËÈ 7465 üÔÓÌÒÍËÈ 7982 éËfl 8482 íÛˆÍËÈ 6865 чÚÒÍËÈ 7473 à‰Ë¯ 8065 èẨʇ·ÒÍËÈ 8484 "‡Ú‡ÒÍËÈ 6869 çÂψÍËÈ 7487 ü‚‡ÌÒÍËÈ 8076 èÓθÒÍËÈ 8487 í‚Ë 6890 ÅÛÚ‡ÌË 7565 ÉÛÁËÌÒÍËÈ 8083 èÛ¯ÚÛ 8575 ì͇ËÌÒÍËÈ 6976 ɘÂÒÍËÈ 7575 ä‡Á‡ıÒÍËÈ 8084 èÓÚÛ„‡Î¸ÒÍËÈ 8582 ì‰Û 6978 ÄÌ„ÎËÈÒÍËÈ 7576 ÉÂÌ·̉ÒÍËÈ 8185 ä˜ۇ 8590 ìÁ·ÂÍÒÍËÈ 6979 ùÒÔ‡ÌÚÓ 7577 ä‡Ï·Ó‰ÊËÈÒÍËÈ 8277 êÂÚÓÓχÌÒÍËÈ 8673 ǸÂÚ̇ÏÒÍËÈ 6983 àÒÔ‡ÌÒÍËÈ 7578 ä‡Ì‡‰ÒÍËÈ 8279 êÛÏ˚ÌÒÍËÈ 8679 ÇÓÎ‡Ô˛Í 6984 ùÒÚÓÌÒÍËÈ 7579 äÓÂÈÒÍËÈ 8285 êÛÒÒÍËÈ 8779 ÇÓ· 6985 ŇÒÍÒÍËÈ 7583 䇯ÏË 8365 ë‡ÌÒÍËÚ 8872 ïÓÒ‡ 7065 èÂÒˉÒÍËÈ 7585 äÛ‰ÒÍËÈ 8368 ëËÌ‰Ë 8979 âÓÛ·‡ 7073 îËÌÒÍËÈ 7589 äË„ËÁÒÍËÈ 8372 ë·ÒÍÓıÓ‚‡ÚÒÍËÈ 9072 äËÚ‡ÈÒÍËÈ 7074 îˉÊËÈÒÍËÈ 7665 ã‡Ú˚̸ 8373 ëËÌ„‡ÎÂÁÒÍËÈ 9085 áÛÎÛÒÒÍËÈ 34 ǂ‰ËÚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÈ ÍÓ‰ ‰Îfl ̇˜‡Î¸ÌÓÈ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË "äÓ‰ ÒÚ‡Ì˚" (ÒÏ. ÒÚ. 21). äÓ‰ AD AE AF AG AI AL AM AN AO AQ AR AS AT AU AW AZ BA BB BD BE BF BG BH BI BJ BM BN BO BR BS BT BV BW BY BZ CA CC CF CG CI CK CL CM CN CO CR CS CU CV CX CY CZ DE DJ DK DM DO DZ EC EE EG EH ëڇ̇ Ä̉Ӈ éÄù ÄÙ„‡ÌËÒÚ‡Ì ÄÌÚË„Û‡ Ë Å‡·Û‰‡ ÄÌ„Ë· Äη‡ÌËfl ÄÏÂÌËfl ÄÌÚËθÒÍË ÓÒÚÓ‚‡, çˉ·̉˚ ÄÌ„Ó· ÄÌÚ‡ÍÚË͇ Ä„ÂÌÚË̇ ÄÏÂË͇ÌÒÍË ë‡ÏÓ‡ Ä‚ÒÚËfl Ä‚ÒÚ‡ÎËfl ÄÛ·‡ ÄÁ·‡È‰Ê‡Ì ÅÓÒÌËfl-Ɉ„ӂË̇ Ň·‡‰ÓÒ Å‡Ì„Î‡‰Â¯ ÅÂθ„Ëfl ÅÛÍË̇ î‡ÒÓ ÅÓ΄‡Ëfl ŇıÂÈÌ ÅÛÛÌ‰Ë èÂÍËÌ ÅÂÏÛ‰˚ ÅÛÌÂÈ ÅÓÎË‚Ëfl ŇÁËÎËfl Ň„‡Ï˚ ÅÛÚ‡Ì éÒÚÓ‚ ÅÛ‚Â ÅÓÚÒ‚‡Ì‡ ÅÂÎÓÛÒÒËfl ÅÂÎËÁ ä‡Ì‡‰‡ äÓÍÓÒÓ‚˚ ÓÒÚÓ‚‡ ñÂÌÚÓ‡ÙË͇ÌÒ͇fl êÂÒÔÛ·ÎË͇ äÓÌ„Ó äÄçÄã ò‚ÂȈ‡Ëfl äÓÚ’‰ù‚Û‡ éÒÚÓ‚‡ äÛ͇ óËÎË ä‡ÏÂÛÌ äËÚ‡È äÓÎÓÏ·Ëfl äÓÒÚ‡ êË͇ Å˚‚¯. óÂıÓÒÎÓ‚‡ÍËfl äÛ·‡ 䇷Ó-lj éÒÚÓ‚ êÓʉÂÒÚ‚‡ äËÔ ó¯Ò͇fl ÂÒÔÛ·ÎË͇ ÉÂχÌËfl ÑÊË·ÛÚË Ñ‡ÌËfl ÑÓÏËÌË͇ ÑÓÏËÌË͇ÌÒ͇fl ÂÒÔÛ·ÎË͇ ÄÎÊË ùÍ‚‡‰Ó ùÒÚÓÌËfl Ö„ËÔÂÚ á‡Ô‡‰Ì‡fl ë‡ı‡‡ äÓ‰ ER ES ET FI FJ FK FM FO FR FX ëڇ̇ ùËÚÂfl àÒÔ‡ÌËfl ùÙËÓÔËfl îËÌÎfl̉Ëfl îˉÊË îÓÎÍÎẨÒÍË ÓÒÚÓ‚‡ åËÍÓÌÂÁËfl î‡ÂÒÍË ÓÒÚÓ‚‡ î‡ÌˆËfl î‡ÌˆËfl (‚ÓÔÂÈÒ͇fl ÚÂËÚÓËfl) GA ɇ·ÓÌ GB ÇÂÎËÍÓ·ËÚ‡ÌËfl GD ÉÂ̇‰‡ GE ÉÛÁËfl GF î‡ÌˆÛÁÒ͇fl ɇȇ̇ GH ɇ̇ GI ÉË·‡ÎÚ‡ GL ÉÂÌ·̉Ëfl GM ɇϷËfl GN É‚ËÌÂfl GP É‚‡‰ÂÎÛÔ‡ (ه̈ÛÁÒÍËÈ) GQ ùÍ‚‡ÚÓˇθ̇fl É‚ËÌÂfl GR ɈËfl GS é-‚‡ ëÂÌÚ-ÑÊÓ‰ÊÂÒ Ë ëÂÌÚ-뽉‚˘ GT É‚‡ÚÂχ· GU ÉÛ‡Ï (ëòÄ) GW É‚ËÌÂfl ÅËÒÒ‡Û GY ɇȇ̇ HK ÉÓÌÍÓÌ„ HM é-‚‡ ï‰ Ë å‡ÍÑÓ̇Ή HN ÉÓÌ‰Û‡Ò HR ïÓ‚‡ÚËfl HT ɇËÚË HU ÇÂÌ„Ëfl ID à̉ÓÌÂÁËfl IE à·̉Ëfl IL àÁ‡Ëθ ÇïéÑ à̉Ëfl IO ÅËÚ‡ÌÒÍË ÓÒÚÓ‚‡ à̉ËÈÒÍÓ„Ó Ó͇̇ IQ à‡Í IR à‡Ì IS àÒ·̉Ëfl IT àÚ‡ÎËfl JM üχÈ͇ JO ÑÊÓ‰‡Ì JP üÔÓÌËfl KE äÂÌËfl KG ä˚„˚ÁÒÚ‡Ì KH ä‡Ï·Ó‰ÊËfl KI äËË·‡ÚË KM äÓÏÓÒÍË éÒÚÓ‚‡ KN ëÂÌÚ-äËÚÒ Ë ç‚ËÒ KP ë‚Â̇fl äÓÂfl KR ûÊ̇fl äÓÂfl KW äÛ‚ÂÈÚ KY ä‡ÈχÌÓ‚˚ ÓÒÚÓ‚‡ KZ ä‡Á‡ıÒÚ‡Ì LA ã‡ÓÒ LB ãË‚‡Ì äÓ‰ LC LI LK LR LS LT LU LV LY MA MC MD MG MH MK ML MM MN MO MP MQ MR MS MT MU MV MW MX MY MZ NA NC NE NF NG NI NL NO NP NR NU NZ OM PA PE PF PG PH PK PL PM PN PR PT PW PY QA RE RO RU RW SA SB ëڇ̇ ë‡ÌÚ‡ ã˛˜Ëfl ãËıÚÂ̯ÚÂÈÌ òË-ã‡Ì͇ ãË·ÂËfl ãÂÒÓÚÓ ãËÚ‚‡ ã˛ÍÒÂÏ·Û„ ã‡Ú‚Ëfl ãË‚Ëfl å‡ÓÍÍÓ åÓ̇ÍÓ åÓΉ‡‚Ëfl 凉‡„‡Ò͇ 凯‡ÎÎÓ‚˚ ÓÒÚÓ‚‡ å‡Í‰ÓÌËfl å‡ÎË å‡È‡Ìχ åÓÌ„ÓÎËfl å‡Í‡Ó ë‚ÂÌ˚ å‡Ë‡ÌÒÍË ÓÒÚÓ‚‡ å‡ÚËÌËÍ (ه̈ÛÁÒÍËÈ) 凂ËÚ‡ÌËfl åÓÌÒÂ‡Ú é. å‡Î¸Ú‡ é. 凂ËÍËÈ å‡Î¸‰Ë‚ÒÍË Ó-‚‡ å‡Î‡‚Ë åÂÍÒË͇ å‡Î‡ÈÁËfl åÓÁ‡Ï·ËÍ ç‡ÏË·Ëfl çÓ‚‡fl ä‡Î‰ÓÌËfl (î‡ÌˆËfl) çË„Â çÓÙÓÎÍÒÍË ÓÒÚÓ‚‡ çË„ÂËfl çË͇‡„Û‡ çˉ·̉˚ çӂ„Ëfl çÂԇΠç‡ÛË ç˛ çÓ‚‡fl á·̉Ëfl éÏ‡Ì è‡Ì‡Ï‡ èÂÛ èÓÎËÌÂÁËfl (î‡ÌˆËfl) è‡ÔÛ‡ çÓ‚‡fl É‚ËÌÂfl îËÎËÔÔËÌ˚ è‡ÍËÒÚ‡Ì èÓθ¯‡ ëÂÌ-è¸Â Ë åËÍÂÎÓÌ ÓÒÚÓ‚ èËÚÍ˝Ì èÛ˝ÚÓ êËÍÓ èÓÚÛ„‡ÎËfl é-‚ è‡Î‡Û 臇„‚‡È ä‡Ú‡ êÂÌ˛Ì¸ÓÌ (ه̈ÛÁÒÍËÈ) êÛÏ˚ÌËfl êÓÒÒËÈÒ͇fl Ù‰‡ˆËfl êۇ̉‡ ë‡Û‰Ó‚Ò͇fl ć‚Ëfl ëÓÎÓÏÓÌÓ‚˚ ÓÒÚÓ‚‡ äÓ‰ SC SD SE SG SH SI SJ SK SL SM SN SO SR ST SU SV SY SZ TC TD TF TG TH TJ TK TM TN TO TP TR TT TV TW TZ UA UG UK UM US UY UZ VA VC VE VG VI VN VU WF WS YE YT YU ZA ZM ZR ZW ëڇ̇ ëÂȯÂθÒÍË ÓÒÚÓ‚‡ ëÛ‰‡Ì ò‚ˆËfl ëËÌ„‡ÔÛ Ó.ë‚flÚÓÈ ÖÎÂÌ˚ ëÎÓ‚ÂÌËfl é-‚‡ 낇燉 Ë üÌ-å‡ÈÂÌ ëÎÓ‚‡ˆÍ‡fl ÂÒÔÛ·ÎË͇ ë¸Â‡ ãÂÓÌ ë‡Ì å‡ËÌÓ ëÂÌ„‡Î ëÓχÎË ëÛËÌ‡Ï ë‡ÌÚ íÓÏ Ë èË̈ËÔ Å˚‚¯. ëëëê ë‡Î¸‚‡‰Ó ëËËfl 낇ÁËÎẨ íÛˆÍËÂ Ë ä‡ÈÍÓÒÍË ÓÒÚÓ‚‡ ó‡‰ ûÊÌ˚ ه̈ÛÁÒÍË ÚÂËÚÓËË íÓ„Ó í‡Ë·̉ 퇉ÊËÍËÒÚ‡Ì é-‚‡ íÓÍÂÎ‡Û íÛÍÏÂÌËÒÚ‡Ì íÛÌËÒ íÓÌ„Ó ÇÓÒÚÓ˜Ì˚È íËÏÓ íÛˆËfl íËÌˉ‡‰ Ë íÓ·‡„Ó íÛ‚‡ÎÛ í‡È‚‡Ì¸ í‡ÌÁ‡ÌËfl ì͇Ë̇ 섇̉‡ ÇÂÎËÍÓ·ËÚ‡ÌËfl å‡Î˚ ÔË΄‡˛˘Ë Ó-‚‡ ëòÄ ëÓ‰ËÌÂÌÌ˚ òÚ‡Ú˚ ìÛ„‚‡È ìÁ·ÂÍËÒÚ‡Ì ÉÓÓ‰-„ÓÒÛ‰‡ÒÚ‚Ó Ç‡ÚËÍ‡Ì ëÂÌÚ-ÇËÌÒÂÌÚ Ë ÉÂ̇‰ËÌ˚ ÇÂÌÂÒÛ˝Î‡ ÇË„ËÌÒÍË Ó-‚‡ (ÇÂÎËÍÓ·ËÚ‡ÌËfl) ÇË„ËÌÒÍË Ó-‚‡ (ëòÄ) ǸÂÚÌ‡Ï Ç‡ÌÛ‡ÚÛ é-‚‡ LJÎËÒ Ë îÛÚÛ̇ ë‡ÏÓ‡ âÂÏÂÌ å‡ÈÓÚ û„ÓÒ·‚Ëfl ûÊ̇fl ÄÙË͇ á‡Ï·Ëfl á‡Ë áËÏ·‡·‚ 35 ëèêÄÇéóçõâ åÄíÖêàÄã ëÔËÒÓÍ ÍÓ‰Ó‚ ÒÚ‡Ì èÓËÒÍ Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÂÌË ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ è‰ Ó·‡˘ÂÌËÂÏ ‚ ÂÏÓÌÚÌÛ˛ χÒÚÂÒÍÛ˛ ËÁÛ˜ËÚ Ô˂‰ÂÌÌ˚ ÌËÊ Û͇Á‡ÌËfl ÔÓ ÔÓËÒÍÛ Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÂÌ˲ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌ˚ı ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ. èËÁÌ‡Í ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚË è˘Ë̇ ç ‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl ÔËÚ‡ÌËÂ. • éÚÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌ ¯ÌÛ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl. åÂ˚ ÔÓ ËÒÔ‡‚ÎÂÌ˲ • 燉ÂÊÌÓ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ ¯ÌÛ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl Í ÓÁÂÚÍ ÔËÚ‡˛˘ÂÈ ÒÂÚË. èËÚ‡ÌË ‚Íβ˜ÂÌÓ, ÌÓ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ • ç ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌ ‰ËÒÍ • ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ‰ËÒÍ. (èӂ¸Ú ҂ÂÚËÚÒfl ÎË Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ DVD ËÎË ‡Û‰ËÓ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ̇ ‰ËÒÔΠDVD). éÚÒÛÚÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ. • íÂ΂ËÁÓ Ì ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÔËÂχ Ò˄̇· Ò ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ DVD-ÂÒ˂‡. • èÎÓıÓ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌ ‚ˉÂÓ͇·Âθ. • ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÈ ÂÊËÏ ÔËÂχ ‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇· Ú‡Í, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÎÓÒ¸ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ, Ô‰‡‚‡ÂÏÓ DVD/CD ÂÒË‚ÂÓÏ. • 燉ÂÊÌÓ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇·Âθ. • Ç˚Íβ˜ÂÌÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌË ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌÌÓ„Ó ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡. • ÇÍβ˜ËÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ. • ÄÔÔ‡‡ÚÛ‡, ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌ̇fl Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ͇·ÂÎfl ‡Û‰ËÓÒ˄̇·, Ì ̇ÒÚÓÂ̇ ̇ ÔËÂÏ ‚˚ıÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó Ò˄̇· DVD-ÂÒ˂‡. • Ç˚·ÂËÚ ‰Îfl ÔËÂÏÌË͇ ‡Û‰ËÓÒ˄̇· ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰fl˘ËÈ ÂÊËÏ ÔËÂχ, Ú‡Í ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÒڇΠÒÎ˚¯ÂÌ Á‚ÛÍ DVD-ÂÒ˂‡. • èÎÓıÓ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌ˚ ͇·ÂÎË ‡Û‰ËÓÒ˄̇·. • 燉ÂÊÌÓ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ ͇·Âθ ‡Û‰ËÓÒ˄̇· Í ‡Á˙ÂχÏ. • Ç˚Íβ˜ÂÌÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌË ‡ÔÔ‡‡ÚÛ˚, ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌÌÓÈ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ͇·ÂÎfl ‡Û‰ËÓÒ˄̇·. • ÇÍβ˜ËÚ ‡ÔÔ‡‡ÚÛÛ, ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌÌÛ˛ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ͇·ÂÎfl ‡Û‰ËÓÒ˄̇·. • èÓ‚ÂʉÂÌ Í‡·Âθ ‡Û‰ËÓÒ˄̇·. • á‡ÏÂÌËÚ ͇·Âθ èÎÓıÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ‚ ÂÊËÏ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. • ÑËÒÍ Á‡„flÁÌÂÌ. • é˜ËÒÚËÚ ‰ËÒÍ. ç Á‡ÔÛÒ͇ÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ̇ DVD-ÂÒË‚ÂÂ. • éÚÒÛÚÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ‰ËÒÍ. • ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ‰ËÒÍ. (èӂ¸Ú ҂ÂÚËÚÒfl ÎË Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ DVD ËÎË ‡Û‰ËÓ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ̇ ‰ËÒÔΠDVD). • ÇÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌÌ˚È ‰ËÒÍ Ì ÔË„Ó‰ÂÌ ‰Îfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. • ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÔË„Ó‰Ì˚È ‰Îfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‰ËÒÍ. (èӂ¸Ú ÚËÔ ‰ËÒ͇, ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË Ë ÍÓ‰ „ËÓ̇.) • ÑËÒÍ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ Îˈ‚ÓÈ (̇·Ó˜ÂÈ) ÒÚÓÓÌÓÈ ‚ÌËÁ. • èÓÏÂÒÚËÚ ‰ËÒÍ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÏÓÈ ÒÚÓÓÌÓÈ ‚ÌËÁ. • ÑËÒÍ Ì ˆÂÌÚËÓ‚‡Ì ÔÓ Ì‡Ô‡‚Îfl˛˘ËÏ. • Ç˚Ó‚ÌflÈÚ ‰ËÒÍ ‚ ÎÓÚÍ ÔÓ Ì‡Ô‡‚Îfl˛˘ÂÈ. • ÑËÒÍ Á‡„flÁÌÂÌ. • é˜ËÒÚËÚ ‰ËÒÍ. • ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÏÂÌ˛ • ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DVD SETUP ‰Îfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ. • ÇÍβ˜Â̇ ·ÎÓÍËӂ͇ (ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ÂÈÚËÌ„). • éÚÏÂÌËÚ ·ÎÓÍËÓ‚ÍÛ, ÎË·Ó ÔÓÏÂÌflÈÚ ÂÈÚËÌ„. • ᇄflÁÌÂÌ˚ ‡Á˙ÂÏ˚. • èÓÚËÚ Ëı Ò‡ÎÙÂÚÍÓÈ, Ò΄͇ ÒÏÓ˜ÂÌÌÓÈ ‚ ÒÔËÚ • ÑËÒÍ Á‡„flÁÌÂÌ. • é˜ËÒÚËÚ ‰ËÒÍ • èÎÓıÓ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒ͇fl ÒËÒÚÂχ Ë ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚ˚. • 燉ÂÊÌÓ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÛ˛ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ Ë ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚ˚. • DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ ·ÎËÁÍÓ ÓÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡. • èÂÂÏÂÒÚËÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ÔÓ‰‡Î¸¯Â ÓÚ ‡Û‰ËÓÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÓ‚. éÚÒÛÚÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ Á‚ÛÍ ËÎË ÓÌ Â‰‚‡ ÒÎ˚¯ÂÌ. ëÎ˚¯ÂÌ ÂÁÍËÈ ¯ÛÏ ËÎË „Û‰ÂÌËÂ. 36 è˘Ë̇ • èÎÓıÓ ÒÓËÂÌÚËÓ‚‡Ì‡ ËÎË ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂ̇ ‡ÌÚÂÌ̇. • 燉ÂÊÌÓ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌÛ. • ë˄̇Π‡‰ËÓÒڇ̈ËÈ ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ Ò·· (ÔË ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍÂ). • ç‡ÒÚÓÈÚ ‡‰ËÓÒÚ‡ÌˆË˛ ‚Û˜ÌÛ˛. • ꇉËÓÒڇ̈ËË Ì ·˚ÎË Á‡ÌÂÒÂÌ˚ ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚ¸ ËÎË Á‡ÌÂÒÂÌÌ˚ ‡‰ËÓÒڇ̈ËË ·˚ÎË Û‰‡ÎÂÌ˚ (ÔË Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍÂ). • ç‡ÒÚÓÈÚ Òڇ̈ËË (ÒÚ. 31). • èÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl Ì ̇ԇ‚ÎÂÌ Ì‡ ‰‡Ú˜ËÍ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl DVD-ÂÒ˂‡. • ç‡Ô‡‚¸Ú ÔÛÎ¸Ú Ì‡ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌ˚È ‰‡Ú˜ËÍ, ‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊÂÌÌ˚È Ì‡ DVDÂÒË‚ÂÂ. • èÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ ‰‡ÎÂÍÓ ÓÚ DVD-ÂÒ˂‡. • àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‚ ԉ·ı 20 ÙÛÚÓ‚ (6Ï). • åÂÊ‰Û ÔÛθÚÓÏ Ë DVD ÂÒË‚ÂÓÏ ËÏÂÂÚÒfl ͇ÍÓÂ-ÚÓ ÔÂÔflÚÒÚ‚ËÂ. • 쉇ÎËÚ ÔÂÔflÚÒÚ‚ËÂ. • ŇڇÂÈÍË ‚ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‡ÁflÊÂÌ˚. • á‡ÏÂÌËÚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl ̇ ÌÓ‚˚Â. ç‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÂÊËÏ Ë‰Ë ÂÊËÏ Pro Logic II. • ëËÒÚÂχ Ì ËÁÏÂÌflÂÚ ˝ÚË Ô‡‡ÏÂÚ˚ ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl MP3-‰ËÒÍÓ‚. • ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍ. ëÎ˯ÍÓÏ ÚÂÏÌÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl Ô‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË. • çË˜Â„Ó Ì ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡ÂÚÒfl ̇ ‰ËÒÔΠԉÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË. • ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DIMMER ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ. èËÁÌ‡Í ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚË ç‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ Ì‡ÒÚÓËÚ¸ ‡‰ËÓÒڇ̈ËË èÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ, Í‡Í ÒΉÛÂÚ. åÂ˚ ÔÓ ËÒÔ‡‚ÎÂÌ˲ • éÚ„ÛÎËÛÈÚ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌÛ Ë ÔË ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓÒÚË ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ ‚ÌÂ¯Ì˛˛ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌÛ. 37 ëèêÄÇéóçõâ åÄíÖêàÄã èÓËÒÍ Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÂÌË ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ) [鷢ˠı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚËÍË] íÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍË ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚËÍË 220-240Ç ÔÂÂÏ. ÚÓ͇, 50/60Ɉ 100ÇÚ, Ì ·ÓΠ1 ÇÚ (220-240Ç ÔÂÂÏÂÌÌÓ„Ó ÚÓ͇) (‚ ÂÊËÏ ÒÓı‡ÌÂÌËfl ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl). 4.9 Í„ 430 x 70 x 370 ÏÏ íÂÏÔ‡ÚÛ‡: éÚ 5°C ‰Ó 35°C ꇷӘ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ: ÉÓËÁÓÌڇθÌÓ éÚ 5 ‰Ó 85 % èÓÎÛÔÓ‚Ó‰ÌËÍÓ‚˚È Î‡ÁÂ,‰ÎË̇ ‚ÓÎÌ˚ 650 ÌÏ ‰Îfl VCD Ë DVD. ‰ÎË̇ ‚ÓÎÌ˚ 780 ÌÏ ‰Îfl ÍÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ-‰ËÒÍÓ‚ èÓ‰ÓÎÊËÚÂθÌÓÒÚ¸ ËÒÔÛÒ͇ÌËfl èÓ‰ÓÎÊËÚÂθÌ˚È ë˄̇θ̇fl ÒËÒÚÂχ ëËÒÚÂχ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓ„Ó ÚÂ΂ˉÂÌËfl PAL, NTSC ó‡ÒÚÓÚ̇fl ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚË͇ (‡Û‰ËÓ) 2 Ɉ~ 20 ÍɈ (±1.0 ‰Å) éÚÌÓ¯ÂÌË Ò˄̇Π- ¯ÛÏ (‡Û‰ËÓ) ÅÓΠ˜ÂÏ 75 ‰Å (1 ÍɈ, NOP, 20 ÍɈ LPF/A - ÙËθÚ) ÑË̇Ï˘ÂÒÍËÈ ‰Ë‡Ô‡ÁÓÌ (‡Û‰ËÓ) ÅÓΠ˜ÂÏ 70 ‰Å ɇÏÓÌ˘ÂÒÍË ËÒ͇ÊÂÌËfl (‡Û‰ËÓ) 0. 5 % (1 ÍɈ, ÔË 12 ÇÚ) (20 ÍɈ LPF/A-îËθÚ) ÇıÓ‰˚ ÇˉÂÓ‚ıÓ‰ (ÄÛ‰ËÓ‚ıÓ‰) óÛ‚ÒÚ‚ËÚÂθÌÓÒÚ¸: 800 ÏÇ àÏÔ‰‡ÌÒ: 50 ÍéÏ ëÓ‰ËÌÂÌË (ÄÛ‰ËÓ‚ıÓ‰): óÛ‚ÒÚ‚ËÚÂθÌÓÒÚ¸: 800 ÏÇ àÏÔ‰‡ÌÒ: 50 ÍéÏ ÇˉÂÓ‚˚ıÓ‰ 1.0 Ç (‡ÏÔÎ.), 75 OÏ, ‡ÍÚË‚Ì˚È ÌÓθ, ‡Á˙ÂÏ RCA. ÖÇêé AV (Ñãü íÖãÖÇàáéêÄ) ÑˇԇÁÓÌ ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ 87.5 - 108 åɈ èÓÏÂÊÛÚӘ̇fl ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ‡ 10.7 åɈ éÚÌÓ¯ÂÌË Ò˄̇Î-¯ÛÏ 60 ‰Å (åÓÌÓ) ÑˇԇÁÓÌ ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ 522 - 1,611 ÍɈ èÓÏÂÊÛÚӘ̇fl ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ‡ 450 ÍɈ êÂÊËÏ ÒÚÂÂÓ 80 ÇÚ + 80 ÇÚ (6 Ω ÔË 1 ÍɈ, äèÑ 10 %) èÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚È êÂÊËÏ îÓÌڇθÌ˚È: 80 ÇÚ + 80 ÇÚ (*Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÓÍ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ñÂÌڇθÌ˚È *: 80 ÇÚ ÂÊËχ Ë ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓ‚, ÏÓÊÂÚ Ì í˚ÎÓ‚ÓÈ*: 80 ÇÚ + 80 ÇÚ (6 Ω ÔË 1 ÍɈ, äèÑ 10%) ·˚Ú¸ ‚˚ıÓ‰Ì˚ı Á‚ÛÍÓ‚˚ı Ò˄̇ÎÓ‚). 뇷‚ÛÙ *: 150 ÇÚ (3Ω ÔË 50 Ɉ, äèÑ 10 %) Ç˚ıÓ‰˚ çÄìòçàäà: (32 éÏ, 25 ÏÇÚ) ñÂÌڇθ̇fl Äë Woofer Äë í˚ÎÓ‚ÓÈ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ îÓÌڇθ̇fl Äë ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ (SS-CT12) (SS-WS13) (SS-TS12) [ìÒËÎËÚÂθ] AM [MW] [í˛ÌÂ] [FM] [ÇˉÂÓ] [îÓÏ‡Ú Á‡ÔËÒË] àÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl èÓÚ·ÎflÂχfl ÏÓ˘ÌÓÒÚ¸ å‡ÒÒ‡ (ÔË·Î.) ê‡ÁÏÂ˚ (W x H x D) ꇷӘË ÛÒÎÓ‚Ëfl Ç·ÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ÔË ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË ã‡Á [èË·„‡ÂÏ˚ ÔË̇‰ÎÂÊÌÓÒÚË] [ÄÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒ͇fl ÒËÒÚÂχ] (SS-TS13) íËÔ àÏÔ‰‡ÌÒ ó‡ÒÚÓÚ̇fl ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚË͇ çÓχÚ˂̇fl ‚ıӉ̇fl ÏÓ˘ÌÓÒÚ¸ ÔË·Ó‡ å‡ÍÒËχθ̇fl ‚ıӉ̇fl ÏÓ˘ÌÓÒÚ¸ ÔË·Ó‡ ê‡ÁÏÂ˚ (ò x Ç x Ñ) ÇÂÒ ÌÂÚÚÓ • • • • • 1 èÛÚ¸ 1 Äë 1 èÛÚ¸ 1 Äë 1 èÛÚ¸ 1 Äë 6Ω 6Ω 3Ω 180 - 20,000 Ɉ 180 - 20,000 Ɉ 180 - 20,000 Ɉ 45 - 180 Ɉ 80 ÇÚ 80 ÇÚ 80 ÇÚ 150 ÇÚ 80 ÇÚ 80 ÇÚ 80 ÇÚ 260 x 1110 x 260 ÏÏ 100 x 105 x 110 ÏÏ ùÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ Äë . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 뇷‚ÛÙ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 èÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl RM-SS220 . .1 àÌÒÚÛ͈Ëfl ÔÓ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 ÄÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒ͇fl ÒËÒÚÂχ - èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ Ë ìÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ (ÑÓÍÛÏÂÌÚ‡ˆËfl) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 175 x 380x405 ÏÏ 0.6 Í„ 6.7 Í„ 0.6 Í„ 3.5 Í„ • • • • • • 150 ÇÚ 100 x 105 x 110 ÏÏ ä‡·ÂÎË ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 ùÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl, ‡ÁÏ ÄÄA (R03) . . . . . . .2 ê‡ÏӘ̇fl ‡ÌÚÂÌ̇ AM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 FM-‡ÌÚÂÌ̇ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 èӉͷ‰ÍË ÔÓ‰ ÌÓÊÍË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 îÂËÚÓ‚˚È Ò‰˜ÌËÍ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 ❋ äÓÌÒÚÛ͈Ëfl Ë ÚÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍË ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚËÍË ÏÓ„ÛÚ ËÁÏÂÌflÚ¸Òfl ·ÂÁ ۂ‰ÓÏÎÂÌËfl 38 1 èÛÚ¸ 1 Äë 6Ω Sony Corporation Printed in China http://www.sony.net ">

Public link updated
The public link to your chat has been updated.
Advertisement
Key features
- Dolby Digital & DTS Surround Sound
- Plays DVD, VCD, CD, MP3, JPEG
- Multiple Input/Output Connections
- Sleep Timer & Parental Controls
- Remote Control
Frequently asked questions
It plays DVD-Video, Video CD (VCD), Audio CD, DVD-R/-RW, SVCD, and CD-R/RW discs containing audio, MP3, or JPEG files.
Dolby Digital, DTS Digital Surround, Dolby Pro Logic, and Dolby Pro Logic II are supported.
Use the supplied video cable (MONITOR OUT to VIDEO IN on TV) or SCART cable (EURO AV OUTPUT to SCART IN on TV).
Yes, it has VIDEO (AUDIO L/R) jacks to connect external audio sources.
Parental controls allow you to restrict access to certain content based on ratings.